Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
252b5132 | 1 | \input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*- |
f7e42eb4 | 2 | @c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, |
d88ef7a6 | 3 | @c 2001, 2002, 2003 |
252b5132 RH |
4 | @c Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
5 | @c UPDATE!! On future updates-- | |
6 | @c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in | |
7 | @c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c | |
8 | @c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op | |
9 | @c in config/tc-*.c | |
10 | @c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op | |
11 | @c in config/obj-*.c | |
12 | @c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c | |
13 | @c %**start of header | |
14 | @setfilename as.info | |
15 | @c ---config--- | |
a4fb0134 SC |
16 | @macro gcctabopt{body} |
17 | @code{\body\} | |
18 | @end macro | |
252b5132 RH |
19 | @c defaults, config file may override: |
20 | @set have-stabs | |
21 | @c --- | |
22 | @include asconfig.texi | |
23 | @include gasver.texi | |
24 | @c --- | |
0285c67d NC |
25 | @c man begin NAME |
26 | @ifset man | |
27 | @c Configure for the generation of man pages | |
28 | @set AS as | |
29 | @set TARGET TARGET | |
30 | @set GENERIC | |
31 | @set A29K | |
625e1353 | 32 | @set ALPHA |
0285c67d NC |
33 | @set ARC |
34 | @set ARM | |
328eb32e | 35 | @set CRIS |
0285c67d NC |
36 | @set D10V |
37 | @set D30V | |
38 | @set H8/300 | |
39 | @set H8/500 | |
40 | @set HPPA | |
41 | @set I370 | |
42 | @set I80386 | |
43 | @set I860 | |
44 | @set I960 | |
9e32ca89 | 45 | @set IA-64 |
a40cbfa3 | 46 | @set IP2K |
0285c67d NC |
47 | @set M32R |
48 | @set M68HC11 | |
49 | @set M680X0 | |
81b0b3f1 | 50 | @set M880X0 |
0285c67d NC |
51 | @set MCORE |
52 | @set MIPS | |
3c3bdf30 | 53 | @set MMIX |
0285c67d NC |
54 | @set PDP11 |
55 | @set PJ | |
418c1742 | 56 | @set PPC |
0285c67d NC |
57 | @set SH |
58 | @set SPARC | |
9418ab9c | 59 | @set TIC54X |
0285c67d NC |
60 | @set V850 |
61 | @set VAX | |
e0001a05 | 62 | @set XTENSA |
0285c67d NC |
63 | @end ifset |
64 | @c man end | |
252b5132 | 65 | @c common OR combinations of conditions |
c1253627 NC |
66 | @ifset COFF |
67 | @set COFF-ELF | |
68 | @end ifset | |
69 | @ifset ELF | |
70 | @set COFF-ELF | |
71 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
72 | @ifset AOUT |
73 | @set aout-bout | |
74 | @end ifset | |
75 | @ifset ARM/Thumb | |
76 | @set ARM | |
77 | @end ifset | |
78 | @ifset BOUT | |
79 | @set aout-bout | |
80 | @end ifset | |
81 | @ifset H8/300 | |
82 | @set H8 | |
83 | @end ifset | |
84 | @ifset H8/500 | |
85 | @set H8 | |
86 | @end ifset | |
87 | @ifset SH | |
88 | @set H8 | |
89 | @end ifset | |
90 | @ifset HPPA | |
91 | @set abnormal-separator | |
92 | @end ifset | |
93 | @c ------------ | |
94 | @ifset GENERIC | |
95 | @settitle Using @value{AS} | |
96 | @end ifset | |
97 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
98 | @settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET}) | |
99 | @end ifclear | |
100 | @setchapternewpage odd | |
101 | @c %**end of header | |
102 | ||
103 | @c @smallbook | |
104 | @c @set SMALL | |
105 | @c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine | |
106 | @c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly. | |
107 | @c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so | |
108 | @c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections. | |
109 | @c | |
110 | @c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables, | |
111 | @c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on. | |
112 | @c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page | |
113 | @c break. | |
114 | @c | |
115 | @c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook, | |
116 | @c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you | |
117 | @c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the | |
118 | @c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your | |
119 | @c discretion, of course. | |
120 | @ifinfo | |
121 | @set SMALL | |
122 | @c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook, | |
123 | @c might as well show 'em anyways. | |
124 | @end ifinfo | |
125 | ||
126 | @ifinfo | |
127 | @format | |
128 | START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY | |
129 | * As: (as). The GNU assembler. | |
59455fb1 | 130 | * Gas: (as). The GNU assembler. |
252b5132 RH |
131 | END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY |
132 | @end format | |
133 | @end ifinfo | |
134 | ||
135 | @finalout | |
136 | @syncodeindex ky cp | |
137 | ||
138 | @ifinfo | |
139 | This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}". | |
140 | ||
0285c67d | 141 | @c man begin COPYRIGHT |
973eb340 | 142 | Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
252b5132 | 143 | |
0285c67d NC |
144 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
145 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 | |
146 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | |
147 | with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no | |
148 | Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the | |
c1253627 | 149 | section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. |
0285c67d NC |
150 | |
151 | @c man end | |
252b5132 RH |
152 | |
153 | @ignore | |
154 | Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the | |
155 | results, provided the printed document carries copying permission | |
156 | notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph | |
157 | (this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). | |
158 | ||
159 | @end ignore | |
252b5132 RH |
160 | @end ifinfo |
161 | ||
162 | @titlepage | |
163 | @title Using @value{AS} | |
164 | @subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler | |
165 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
166 | @subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family | |
167 | @end ifclear | |
168 | @sp 1 | |
169 | @subtitle Version @value{VERSION} | |
170 | @sp 1 | |
171 | @sp 13 | |
172 | The Free Software Foundation Inc. thanks The Nice Computer | |
173 | Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the | |
a4fb0134 | 174 | first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}. |
252b5132 RH |
175 | The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for |
176 | distracting the boss while they got some work | |
177 | done. | |
178 | @sp 3 | |
179 | @author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends | |
180 | @page | |
181 | @tex | |
182 | {\parskip=0pt | |
183 | \hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par | |
184 | \hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par | |
185 | } | |
186 | %"boxit" macro for figures: | |
187 | %Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3) | |
188 | \gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt | |
189 | \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil | |
190 | #2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline | |
191 | \gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box | |
192 | @end tex | |
193 | ||
194 | @vskip 0pt plus 1filll | |
973eb340 | 195 | Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
252b5132 | 196 | |
cf055d54 NC |
197 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
198 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 | |
199 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | |
200 | with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no | |
201 | Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the | |
c1253627 | 202 | section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. |
252b5132 | 203 | |
252b5132 RH |
204 | @end titlepage |
205 | ||
2e64b665 | 206 | @ifnottex |
252b5132 RH |
207 | @node Top |
208 | @top Using @value{AS} | |
209 | ||
a4fb0134 | 210 | This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}} version |
252b5132 RH |
211 | @value{VERSION}. |
212 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
a4fb0134 | 213 | This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate |
252b5132 RH |
214 | code for @value{TARGET} architectures. |
215 | @end ifclear | |
cf055d54 NC |
216 | |
217 | This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free | |
218 | Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the | |
c1253627 | 219 | section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. |
cf055d54 | 220 | |
252b5132 RH |
221 | @menu |
222 | * Overview:: Overview | |
223 | * Invoking:: Command-Line Options | |
224 | * Syntax:: Syntax | |
225 | * Sections:: Sections and Relocation | |
226 | * Symbols:: Symbols | |
227 | * Expressions:: Expressions | |
228 | * Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives | |
229 | * Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features | |
230 | * Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs | |
231 | * Acknowledgements:: Who Did What | |
cf055d54 | 232 | * GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License |
252b5132 RH |
233 | * Index:: Index |
234 | @end menu | |
2e64b665 | 235 | @end ifnottex |
252b5132 RH |
236 | |
237 | @node Overview | |
238 | @chapter Overview | |
239 | @iftex | |
a4fb0134 | 240 | This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}. |
252b5132 | 241 | @ifclear GENERIC |
a4fb0134 | 242 | This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate |
252b5132 RH |
243 | code for @value{TARGET} architectures. |
244 | @end ifclear | |
245 | @end iftex | |
246 | ||
247 | @cindex invocation summary | |
248 | @cindex option summary | |
249 | @cindex summary of options | |
a4fb0134 | 250 | Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details, |
8dfa0188 | 251 | @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}. |
252b5132 | 252 | |
0285c67d NC |
253 | @c man title AS the portable GNU assembler. |
254 | ||
a4fb0134 | 255 | @ignore |
0285c67d NC |
256 | @c man begin SEEALSO |
257 | gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}. | |
258 | @c man end | |
a4fb0134 | 259 | @end ignore |
0285c67d | 260 | |
252b5132 RH |
261 | @c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem |
262 | @c to be limited to one line for the header. | |
263 | @smallexample | |
0285c67d | 264 | @c man begin SYNOPSIS |
a4fb0134 SC |
265 | @value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdhlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{-D}] [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] |
266 | [@b{-f}] [@b{--gstabs}] [@b{--gdwarf2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] | |
267 | [@b{-J}] [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] | |
268 | [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] | |
269 | [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] | |
270 | [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--statistics}] [@b{-v}] | |
271 | [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] | |
272 | [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}] | |
273 | [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}] | |
274 | @c | |
275 | @c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted. | |
276 | @c Add an empty line for separation. | |
252b5132 RH |
277 | @ifset A29K |
278 | @c am29k has no machine-dependent assembler options | |
279 | @end ifset | |
625e1353 RH |
280 | @ifset ALPHA |
281 | ||
282 | @emph{Target Alpha options:} | |
283 | [@b{-m@var{cpu}}] | |
284 | [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}] | |
285 | [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}] | |
286 | [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}] | |
287 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 | 288 | @ifset ARC |
a4fb0134 SC |
289 | |
290 | @emph{Target ARC options:} | |
291 | [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}] | |
292 | [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}] | |
252b5132 RH |
293 | @end ifset |
294 | @ifset ARM | |
a4fb0134 SC |
295 | |
296 | @emph{Target ARM options:} | |
03b1477f | 297 | @c Don't document the deprecated options |
92081f48 HPN |
298 | [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]] |
299 | [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]] | |
03b1477f RE |
300 | [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-fromat}] |
301 | [@b{-mthumb}] | |
a4fb0134 SC |
302 | [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}] |
303 | [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}| | |
304 | @b{-mapcs-reentrant}] | |
305 | [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-moabi}] [@b{-k}] | |
252b5132 | 306 | @end ifset |
328eb32e HPN |
307 | @ifset CRIS |
308 | ||
309 | @emph{Target CRIS options:} | |
310 | [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}] | |
311 | [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}] | |
312 | [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}] | |
313 | @c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented. | |
314 | @c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}] | |
315 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 | 316 | @ifset D10V |
a4fb0134 SC |
317 | |
318 | @emph{Target D10V options:} | |
319 | [@b{-O}] | |
252b5132 RH |
320 | @end ifset |
321 | @ifset D30V | |
a4fb0134 SC |
322 | |
323 | @emph{Target D30V options:} | |
324 | [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}] | |
252b5132 RH |
325 | @end ifset |
326 | @ifset H8 | |
c2dcd04e | 327 | @c Renesas family chips have no machine-dependent assembler options |
252b5132 RH |
328 | @end ifset |
329 | @ifset HPPA | |
330 | @c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet). | |
331 | @end ifset | |
a4fb0134 SC |
332 | @ifset I80386 |
333 | ||
334 | @emph{Target i386 options:} | |
12b55ccc | 335 | [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}] |
252b5132 RH |
336 | @end ifset |
337 | @ifset I960 | |
a4fb0134 SC |
338 | |
339 | @emph{Target i960 options:} | |
252b5132 | 340 | @c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c |
a4fb0134 SC |
341 | [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}| |
342 | @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}] | |
343 | [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}] | |
252b5132 | 344 | @end ifset |
587fe2b3 | 345 | @ifset IA64 |
a4fb0134 | 346 | |
9e32ca89 NC |
347 | @emph{Target IA-64 options:} |
348 | [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}] | |
349 | [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}] | |
350 | [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}] | |
351 | [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}] | |
352 | @end ifset | |
a40cbfa3 NC |
353 | @ifset IP2K |
354 | ||
355 | @emph{Target IP2K options:} | |
356 | [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}] | |
357 | @end ifset | |
587fe2b3 | 358 | @ifset M32R |
9e32ca89 | 359 | |
a4fb0134 SC |
360 | @emph{Target M32R options:} |
361 | [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}| | |
587fe2b3 | 362 | @b{--W[n]p}] |
ec694b89 | 363 | @end ifset |
252b5132 | 364 | @ifset M680X0 |
a4fb0134 SC |
365 | |
366 | @emph{Target M680X0 options:} | |
367 | [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}] | |
252b5132 | 368 | @end ifset |
60bcf0fa | 369 | @ifset M68HC11 |
a4fb0134 SC |
370 | |
371 | @emph{Target M68HC11 options:} | |
d01030e6 | 372 | [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}] |
2f904664 SC |
373 | [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}] |
374 | [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}] | |
a4fb0134 SC |
375 | [@b{--force-long-branchs}] [@b{--short-branchs}] |
376 | [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}] | |
377 | [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}] | |
378 | @end ifset | |
379 | @ifset MCORE | |
380 | ||
381 | @emph{Target MCORE options:} | |
382 | [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}] | |
383 | [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}] | |
60bcf0fa | 384 | @end ifset |
252b5132 | 385 | @ifset MIPS |
a4fb0134 SC |
386 | |
387 | @emph{Target MIPS options:} | |
437ee9d5 TS |
388 | [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-n}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]] |
389 | [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}] | |
390 | [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot}] [@b{--membedded-pic}] | |
391 | [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}] | |
392 | [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}] | |
af7ee8bf | 393 | [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}] |
5f74bc13 | 394 | [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}] |
437ee9d5 TS |
395 | [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}] |
396 | [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}] | |
397 | [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}] | |
398 | [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}] | |
1f25f5d3 | 399 | [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}] |
deec1734 | 400 | [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}] |
ecb4347a | 401 | [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}] |
dcd410fe | 402 | [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}] |
3c3bdf30 NC |
403 | @end ifset |
404 | @ifset MMIX | |
a4fb0134 SC |
405 | |
406 | @emph{Target MMIX options:} | |
407 | [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}] | |
408 | [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}] | |
409 | [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}] | |
973eb340 | 410 | [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}] |
a4fb0134 SC |
411 | @end ifset |
412 | @ifset PDP11 | |
413 | ||
414 | @emph{Target PDP11 options:} | |
415 | [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}] | |
416 | [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}] | |
417 | [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}] | |
418 | @end ifset | |
419 | @ifset PJ | |
420 | ||
421 | @emph{Target picoJava options:} | |
422 | [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}] | |
423 | @end ifset | |
424 | @ifset PPC | |
425 | ||
426 | @emph{Target PowerPC options:} | |
427 | [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}| | |
428 | @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}| | |
429 | @b{-mbooke32}|@b{-mbooke64}] | |
430 | [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}] [@b{-memb}] | |
431 | [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}] | |
432 | [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}] | |
433 | [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}] | |
434 | [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}] | |
435 | @end ifset | |
436 | @ifset SPARC | |
437 | ||
438 | @emph{Target SPARC options:} | |
439 | @c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi. | |
440 | [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite} | |
441 | @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}] | |
442 | [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}] | |
443 | [@b{-32}|@b{-64}] | |
444 | @end ifset | |
445 | @ifset TIC54X | |
446 | ||
447 | @emph{Target TIC54X options:} | |
448 | [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}] | |
449 | [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}] | |
450 | @end ifset | |
451 | @ifset Z8000 | |
452 | @c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options | |
252b5132 | 453 | @end ifset |
e0001a05 NC |
454 | @ifset XTENSA |
455 | ||
456 | @emph{Target Xtensa options:} | |
457 | [@b{--[no-]density}] [@b{--[no-]relax}] [@b{--[no-]generics}] | |
458 | [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] | |
459 | [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}] | |
460 | @end ifset | |
0285c67d | 461 | @c man end |
252b5132 RH |
462 | @end smallexample |
463 | ||
0285c67d NC |
464 | @c man begin OPTIONS |
465 | ||
a4fb0134 | 466 | @table @gcctabopt |
252b5132 RH |
467 | @item -a[cdhlmns] |
468 | Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways: | |
469 | ||
a4fb0134 | 470 | @table @gcctabopt |
252b5132 RH |
471 | @item -ac |
472 | omit false conditionals | |
473 | ||
474 | @item -ad | |
475 | omit debugging directives | |
476 | ||
477 | @item -ah | |
478 | include high-level source | |
479 | ||
480 | @item -al | |
481 | include assembly | |
482 | ||
483 | @item -am | |
484 | include macro expansions | |
485 | ||
486 | @item -an | |
487 | omit forms processing | |
488 | ||
489 | @item -as | |
490 | include symbols | |
491 | ||
492 | @item =file | |
493 | set the name of the listing file | |
494 | @end table | |
495 | ||
496 | You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly | |
497 | listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be | |
498 | the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}. | |
499 | ||
500 | @item -D | |
501 | Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to | |
502 | other assemblers. | |
503 | ||
504 | @item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value} | |
505 | Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file. | |
506 | @var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x} | |
507 | indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal value. | |
508 | ||
509 | @item -f | |
510 | ``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is | |
511 | compiler output). | |
512 | ||
513 | @item --gstabs | |
514 | Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This | |
515 | may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. | |
516 | ||
cdf82bcf NC |
517 | @item --gdwarf2 |
518 | Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This | |
c1253627 | 519 | may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this |
85a39694 | 520 | option is only supported by some targets, not all of them. |
cdf82bcf | 521 | |
252b5132 RH |
522 | @item --help |
523 | Print a summary of the command line options and exit. | |
524 | ||
ea20a7da CC |
525 | @item --target-help |
526 | Print a summary of all target specific options and exit. | |
527 | ||
252b5132 RH |
528 | @item -I @var{dir} |
529 | Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives. | |
530 | ||
531 | @item -J | |
532 | Don't warn about signed overflow. | |
533 | ||
534 | @item -K | |
535 | @ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
536 | This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family. | |
537 | @end ifclear | |
538 | @ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
539 | Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements. | |
540 | @end ifset | |
541 | ||
542 | @item -L | |
543 | @itemx --keep-locals | |
544 | Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. On traditional a.out systems | |
545 | these start with @samp{L}, but different systems have different local | |
546 | label prefixes. | |
547 | ||
c3a27914 NC |
548 | @item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number} |
549 | Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler | |
550 | listing to @var{number}. | |
551 | ||
552 | @item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number} | |
553 | Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation | |
554 | lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}. | |
555 | ||
556 | @item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number} | |
557 | Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to | |
558 | @var{number} bytes. | |
559 | ||
560 | @item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number} | |
561 | Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input | |
562 | to @var{number} + 1. | |
563 | ||
252b5132 | 564 | @item -o @var{objfile} |
a4fb0134 | 565 | Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}. |
252b5132 RH |
566 | |
567 | @item -R | |
568 | Fold the data section into the text section. | |
569 | ||
570 | @item --statistics | |
571 | Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by | |
572 | assembly. | |
573 | ||
574 | @item --strip-local-absolute | |
575 | Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table. | |
576 | ||
577 | @item -v | |
578 | @itemx -version | |
a4fb0134 | 579 | Print the @command{as} version. |
252b5132 RH |
580 | |
581 | @item --version | |
a4fb0134 | 582 | Print the @command{as} version and exit. |
252b5132 RH |
583 | |
584 | @item -W | |
2bdd6cf5 | 585 | @itemx --no-warn |
252b5132 RH |
586 | Suppress warning messages. |
587 | ||
2bdd6cf5 GK |
588 | @item --fatal-warnings |
589 | Treat warnings as errors. | |
590 | ||
591 | @item --warn | |
592 | Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors. | |
593 | ||
252b5132 RH |
594 | @item -w |
595 | Ignored. | |
596 | ||
597 | @item -x | |
598 | Ignored. | |
599 | ||
600 | @item -Z | |
601 | Generate an object file even after errors. | |
602 | ||
603 | @item -- | @var{files} @dots{} | |
604 | Standard input, or source files to assemble. | |
605 | ||
606 | @end table | |
607 | ||
608 | @ifset ARC | |
609 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
610 | an ARC processor. | |
611 | ||
a4fb0134 | 612 | @table @gcctabopt |
0d2bcfaf NC |
613 | @item -marc[5|6|7|8] |
614 | This option selects the core processor variant. | |
615 | @item -EB | -EL | |
616 | Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output. | |
252b5132 RH |
617 | @end table |
618 | @end ifset | |
619 | ||
620 | @ifset ARM | |
621 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM | |
622 | processor family. | |
623 | ||
a4fb0134 | 624 | @table @gcctabopt |
92081f48 | 625 | @item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}] |
cdf82bcf | 626 | Specify which ARM processor variant is the target. |
92081f48 | 627 | @item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}] |
cdf82bcf | 628 | Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target. |
03b1477f | 629 | @item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format} |
a349d9dd | 630 | Select which Floating Point architecture is the target. |
03b1477f RE |
631 | @item -mthumb |
632 | Enable Thumb only instruction decoding. | |
cdf82bcf | 633 | @item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant | -moabi |
252b5132 RH |
634 | Select which procedure calling convention is in use. |
635 | @item -EB | -EL | |
636 | Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output. | |
cdf82bcf NC |
637 | @item -mthumb-interwork |
638 | Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and | |
639 | ARM code in mind. | |
640 | @item -k | |
641 | Specify that PIC code has been generated. | |
252b5132 RH |
642 | @end table |
643 | @end ifset | |
644 | ||
328eb32e HPN |
645 | @ifset CRIS |
646 | See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options. | |
647 | @end ifset | |
648 | ||
252b5132 RH |
649 | @ifset D10V |
650 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
651 | a D10V processor. | |
a4fb0134 | 652 | @table @gcctabopt |
252b5132 RH |
653 | @cindex D10V optimization |
654 | @cindex optimization, D10V | |
655 | @item -O | |
656 | Optimize output by parallelizing instructions. | |
657 | @end table | |
658 | @end ifset | |
659 | ||
660 | @ifset D30V | |
661 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V | |
662 | processor. | |
a4fb0134 | 663 | @table @gcctabopt |
252b5132 RH |
664 | @cindex D30V optimization |
665 | @cindex optimization, D30V | |
666 | @item -O | |
667 | Optimize output by parallelizing instructions. | |
668 | ||
669 | @cindex D30V nops | |
670 | @item -n | |
671 | Warn when nops are generated. | |
672 | ||
673 | @cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply | |
674 | @item -N | |
675 | Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated. | |
676 | @end table | |
677 | @end ifset | |
678 | ||
679 | @ifset I960 | |
680 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
681 | Intel 80960 processor. | |
682 | ||
a4fb0134 | 683 | @table @gcctabopt |
252b5132 RH |
684 | @item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC |
685 | Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target. | |
686 | ||
687 | @item -b | |
688 | Add code to collect statistics about branches taken. | |
689 | ||
690 | @item -no-relax | |
691 | Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements; | |
692 | error if necessary. | |
693 | ||
694 | @end table | |
695 | @end ifset | |
696 | ||
a40cbfa3 NC |
697 | @ifset IP2K |
698 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
ec88d317 | 699 | Ubicom IP2K series. |
a40cbfa3 NC |
700 | |
701 | @table @gcctabopt | |
702 | ||
703 | @item -mip2022ext | |
704 | Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed. | |
705 | ||
706 | @item -mip2022 | |
8dfa0188 | 707 | Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to |
a40cbfa3 NC |
708 | just the basic IP2022 ones. |
709 | ||
710 | @end table | |
711 | @end ifset | |
712 | ||
ec694b89 NC |
713 | @ifset M32R |
714 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
26597c86 | 715 | Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series. |
ec694b89 | 716 | |
a4fb0134 | 717 | @table @gcctabopt |
ec694b89 NC |
718 | |
719 | @item --m32rx | |
720 | Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default | |
721 | is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX. | |
722 | ||
723 | @item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp | |
724 | Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are | |
725 | encountered. | |
726 | ||
727 | @item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp | |
728 | Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are | |
729 | encountered. | |
730 | ||
731 | @end table | |
732 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
733 | |
734 | @ifset M680X0 | |
735 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
736 | Motorola 68000 series. | |
737 | ||
a4fb0134 | 738 | @table @gcctabopt |
252b5132 RH |
739 | |
740 | @item -l | |
741 | Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two. | |
742 | ||
0285c67d NC |
743 | @item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030 |
744 | @itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332 | |
745 | @itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200 | |
252b5132 RH |
746 | Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default |
747 | is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time. | |
748 | ||
749 | @item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882 | |
750 | The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor. | |
751 | The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although | |
752 | the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the | |
753 | two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the | |
754 | coprocessor instructions with the main processor. | |
755 | ||
756 | @item -m68851 | -mno-68851 | |
757 | The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management | |
758 | unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up. | |
759 | ||
760 | @end table | |
761 | @end ifset | |
762 | ||
e135f41b NC |
763 | @ifset PDP11 |
764 | ||
765 | For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options, | |
766 | see @ref{PDP-11-Options}. | |
767 | ||
a4fb0134 | 768 | @table @gcctabopt |
e135f41b NC |
769 | @item -mpic | -mno-pic |
770 | Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The | |
a4fb0134 | 771 | default is @option{-mpic}. |
e135f41b NC |
772 | |
773 | @item -mall | |
774 | @itemx -mall-extensions | |
775 | Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default. | |
776 | ||
777 | @item -mno-extensions | |
778 | Disable all instruction set extensions. | |
779 | ||
780 | @item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension} | |
781 | Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension. | |
782 | ||
783 | @item -m@var{cpu} | |
784 | Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and | |
785 | disable all other extensions. | |
786 | ||
787 | @item -m@var{machine} | |
788 | Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine | |
789 | model, and disable all other extensions. | |
790 | @end table | |
791 | ||
792 | @end ifset | |
793 | ||
041dd5a9 ILT |
794 | @ifset PJ |
795 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
796 | a picoJava processor. | |
797 | ||
a4fb0134 | 798 | @table @gcctabopt |
041dd5a9 ILT |
799 | |
800 | @cindex PJ endianness | |
801 | @cindex endianness, PJ | |
802 | @cindex big endian output, PJ | |
803 | @item -mb | |
804 | Generate ``big endian'' format output. | |
805 | ||
806 | @cindex little endian output, PJ | |
807 | @item -ml | |
808 | Generate ``little endian'' format output. | |
809 | ||
810 | @end table | |
811 | @end ifset | |
812 | ||
60bcf0fa NC |
813 | @ifset M68HC11 |
814 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
815 | Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series. | |
816 | ||
a4fb0134 | 817 | @table @gcctabopt |
60bcf0fa | 818 | |
d01030e6 | 819 | @item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 |
60bcf0fa NC |
820 | Specify what processor is the target. The default is |
821 | defined by the configuration option when building the assembler. | |
822 | ||
2f904664 SC |
823 | @item -mshort |
824 | Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI. | |
825 | ||
826 | @item -mlong | |
827 | Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI. | |
828 | ||
829 | @item -mshort-double | |
830 | Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI. | |
831 | ||
832 | @item -mlong-double | |
833 | Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI. | |
834 | ||
60bcf0fa NC |
835 | @item --force-long-branchs |
836 | Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns | |
837 | conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a | |
838 | sub routine. | |
839 | ||
840 | @item -S | --short-branchs | |
841 | Do not turn relative branchs into absolute ones | |
842 | when the offset is out of range. | |
843 | ||
844 | @item --strict-direct-mode | |
845 | Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode | |
846 | when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode. | |
847 | ||
848 | @item --print-insn-syntax | |
849 | Print the syntax of instruction in case of error. | |
850 | ||
851 | @item --print-opcodes | |
852 | print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit. | |
853 | ||
854 | @item --generate-example | |
855 | print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit. | |
a4fb0134 | 856 | This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}. |
60bcf0fa NC |
857 | |
858 | @end table | |
859 | @end ifset | |
860 | ||
252b5132 | 861 | @ifset SPARC |
a4fb0134 | 862 | The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured |
252b5132 RH |
863 | for the SPARC architecture: |
864 | ||
a4fb0134 | 865 | @table @gcctabopt |
252b5132 RH |
866 | @item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite |
867 | @itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a | |
868 | Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture. | |
869 | ||
870 | @samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment. | |
871 | @samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment. | |
872 | ||
873 | @samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with | |
874 | UltraSPARC extensions. | |
875 | ||
876 | @item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa | |
877 | For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are | |
878 | equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively. | |
879 | ||
880 | @item -bump | |
881 | Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture. | |
882 | @end table | |
883 | @end ifset | |
884 | ||
39bec121 TW |
885 | @ifset TIC54X |
886 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x | |
887 | architecture. | |
888 | ||
a4fb0134 | 889 | @table @gcctabopt |
39bec121 TW |
890 | @item -mfar-mode |
891 | Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume | |
892 | extended addressing (usually 23 bits). | |
893 | @item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION} | |
894 | Sets the CPU version being compiled for. | |
895 | @item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME} | |
896 | Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such | |
897 | behaviour in the shell. | |
898 | @end table | |
899 | @end ifset | |
900 | ||
252b5132 RH |
901 | @ifset MIPS |
902 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
437ee9d5 | 903 | a @sc{mips} processor. |
252b5132 | 904 | |
a4fb0134 | 905 | @table @gcctabopt |
252b5132 RH |
906 | @item -G @var{num} |
907 | This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced | |
908 | implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that | |
909 | use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8. | |
910 | ||
911 | @cindex MIPS endianness | |
912 | @cindex endianness, MIPS | |
913 | @cindex big endian output, MIPS | |
914 | @item -EB | |
915 | Generate ``big endian'' format output. | |
916 | ||
917 | @cindex little endian output, MIPS | |
918 | @item -EL | |
919 | Generate ``little endian'' format output. | |
920 | ||
921 | @cindex MIPS ISA | |
922 | @item -mips1 | |
923 | @itemx -mips2 | |
924 | @itemx -mips3 | |
e7af610e | 925 | @itemx -mips4 |
437ee9d5 | 926 | @itemx -mips5 |
e7af610e | 927 | @itemx -mips32 |
af7ee8bf | 928 | @itemx -mips32r2 |
4058e45f | 929 | @itemx -mips64 |
5f74bc13 | 930 | @itemx -mips64r2 |
437ee9d5 TS |
931 | Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level. |
932 | @samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an | |
933 | alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for | |
934 | @samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}. | |
5f74bc13 CD |
935 | @samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and |
936 | @samp{-mips64r2} | |
af7ee8bf | 937 | correspond to generic |
5f74bc13 CD |
938 | @samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64}, |
939 | and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2} | |
940 | ISA processors, respectively. | |
437ee9d5 TS |
941 | |
942 | @item -march=@var{CPU} | |
943 | Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu. | |
944 | ||
945 | @item -mtune=@var{cpu} | |
946 | Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu. | |
947 | ||
948 | @item -mfix7000 | |
949 | @itemx -mno-fix7000 | |
950 | Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register | |
951 | of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions. | |
952 | ||
ecb4347a DJ |
953 | @item -mdebug |
954 | @itemx -no-mdebug | |
955 | Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug | |
956 | section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections. | |
957 | ||
dcd410fe RO |
958 | @item -mpdr |
959 | @itemx -mno-pdr | |
960 | Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections. | |
961 | ||
437ee9d5 TS |
962 | @item -mgp32 |
963 | @itemx -mfp32 | |
964 | The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these | |
965 | flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at | |
966 | all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers | |
967 | and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers. | |
968 | ||
969 | @item -mips16 | |
970 | @itemx -no-mips16 | |
971 | Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting | |
972 | @code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16} | |
973 | turns off this option. | |
252b5132 | 974 | |
1f25f5d3 CD |
975 | @item -mips3d |
976 | @itemx -no-mips3d | |
977 | Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension. | |
978 | This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions. | |
979 | @samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option. | |
980 | ||
deec1734 CD |
981 | @item -mdmx |
982 | @itemx -no-mdmx | |
983 | Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension. | |
984 | This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions. | |
985 | @samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option. | |
986 | ||
437ee9d5 TS |
987 | @item --construct-floats |
988 | @itemx --no-construct-floats | |
989 | The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of | |
990 | double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the | |
991 | value into the two single width floating point registers that make up | |
992 | the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is | |
993 | selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants. | |
252b5132 RH |
994 | |
995 | @cindex emulation | |
996 | @item --emulation=@var{name} | |
a4fb0134 | 997 | This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured |
252b5132 RH |
998 | for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing |
999 | between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate | |
1000 | debugging information or store symbol table information, and default | |
1001 | endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff}, | |
1002 | @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf}, | |
1003 | @samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that | |
1004 | of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change | |
1005 | the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l} | |
1006 | in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness | |
1007 | selection in any case. | |
1008 | ||
1009 | This option is currently supported only when the primary target | |
437ee9d5 | 1010 | @command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target. |
252b5132 RH |
1011 | Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with |
1012 | @samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for | |
1013 | the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5 | |
1014 | configuration includes support for both. | |
1015 | ||
1016 | Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more | |
1017 | fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for | |
1018 | more processors. | |
1019 | ||
1020 | @item -nocpp | |
a4fb0134 | 1021 | @command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with |
252b5132 RH |
1022 | the native tools. |
1023 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1024 | @item --trap |
1025 | @itemx --no-trap | |
1026 | @itemx --break | |
1027 | @itemx --no-break | |
1028 | Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero. | |
1029 | @samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception | |
1030 | (and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher); | |
1031 | @samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a | |
1032 | break exception. | |
63486801 L |
1033 | |
1034 | @item -n | |
a4fb0134 | 1035 | When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every |
63486801 | 1036 | time it generates a nop instruction from a macro. |
252b5132 RH |
1037 | @end table |
1038 | @end ifset | |
1039 | ||
1040 | @ifset MCORE | |
1041 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
1042 | an MCore processor. | |
1043 | ||
a4fb0134 | 1044 | @table @gcctabopt |
252b5132 RH |
1045 | @item -jsri2bsr |
1046 | @itemx -nojsri2bsr | |
1047 | Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled. | |
1048 | The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it. | |
1049 | ||
1050 | @item -sifilter | |
1051 | @itemx -nosifilter | |
1052 | Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled. | |
a349d9dd | 1053 | The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option. |
252b5132 RH |
1054 | |
1055 | @item -relax | |
1056 | Alter jump instructions for long displacements. | |
1057 | ||
ec694b89 NC |
1058 | @item -mcpu=[210|340] |
1059 | Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions | |
1060 | can be assembled. | |
1061 | ||
1062 | @item -EB | |
1063 | Assemble for a big endian target. | |
1064 | ||
1065 | @item -EL | |
1066 | Assemble for a little endian target. | |
252b5132 RH |
1067 | |
1068 | @end table | |
1069 | @end ifset | |
1070 | ||
3c3bdf30 NC |
1071 | @ifset MMIX |
1072 | See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options. | |
1073 | @end ifset | |
1074 | ||
e0001a05 NC |
1075 | @ifset XTENSA |
1076 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
1077 | an Xtensa processor. | |
1078 | ||
1079 | @table @gcctabopt | |
1080 | @item --density | --no-density | |
1081 | Enable or disable use of instructions from the Xtensa code density | |
1082 | option. This is enabled by default when the Xtensa processor supports | |
1083 | the code density option. | |
1084 | ||
1085 | @item --relax | --no-relax | |
1086 | Enable or disable instruction relaxation. This is enabled by default. | |
1087 | Note: In the current implementation, these options also control whether | |
1088 | assembler optimizations are performed, making these options equivalent | |
1089 | to @option{--generics} and @option{--no-generics}. | |
1090 | ||
1091 | @item --generics | --no-generics | |
1092 | Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions. | |
1093 | The default is @option{--generics}; | |
1094 | @option{--no-generics} should be used only in the rare cases when the | |
1095 | instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source. | |
1096 | ||
1097 | @item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals | |
1098 | With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed | |
1099 | in the text section. The default is | |
1100 | @option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a | |
1101 | separate section in the output file. | |
1102 | ||
1103 | @item --target-align | --no-target-align | |
1104 | Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the | |
1105 | expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}. | |
1106 | ||
1107 | @item --longcalls | --no-longcalls | |
1108 | Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls | |
1109 | across a greater range of addresses. The default is | |
1110 | @option{--no-@-longcalls}. | |
1111 | @end table | |
1112 | @end ifset | |
1113 | ||
0285c67d NC |
1114 | @c man end |
1115 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1116 | @menu |
1117 | * Manual:: Structure of this Manual | |
1118 | * GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler | |
1119 | * Object Formats:: Object File Formats | |
1120 | * Command Line:: Command Line | |
1121 | * Input Files:: Input Files | |
1122 | * Object:: Output (Object) File | |
1123 | * Errors:: Error and Warning Messages | |
1124 | @end menu | |
1125 | ||
1126 | @node Manual | |
1127 | @section Structure of this Manual | |
1128 | ||
1129 | @cindex manual, structure and purpose | |
1130 | This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use | |
a4fb0134 | 1131 | @sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including |
252b5132 | 1132 | notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that |
a4fb0134 | 1133 | @command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. |
252b5132 RH |
1134 | |
1135 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
1136 | We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET} | |
a4fb0134 | 1137 | configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives. |
252b5132 RH |
1138 | @end ifclear |
1139 | @ifset GENERIC | |
1140 | This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of | |
1141 | various flavors of the assembler. | |
1142 | @end ifset | |
1143 | ||
1144 | @cindex machine instructions (not covered) | |
1145 | On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction | |
1146 | to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general! | |
1147 | In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine | |
1148 | architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard | |
1149 | mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a | |
1150 | particular architecture. | |
1151 | @ifset GENERIC | |
1152 | You may want to consult the manufacturer's | |
1153 | machine architecture manual for this information. | |
1154 | @end ifset | |
1155 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
1156 | @ifset H8/300 | |
1157 | For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300 | |
c2dcd04e NC |
1158 | Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series |
1159 | Programming Manual} (Renesas). | |
252b5132 RH |
1160 | @end ifset |
1161 | @ifset H8/500 | |
1162 | For information on the H8/500 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/500 | |
c2dcd04e | 1163 | Series Programming Manual} (Renesas M21T001). |
252b5132 RH |
1164 | @end ifset |
1165 | @ifset SH | |
ef230218 JR |
1166 | For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set, |
1167 | see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or | |
1168 | @cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and | |
1169 | @cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH). | |
252b5132 RH |
1170 | @end ifset |
1171 | @ifset Z8000 | |
1172 | For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual} | |
1173 | @end ifset | |
1174 | @end ifclear | |
1175 | ||
1176 | @c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991 | |
1177 | @ignore | |
1178 | Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU}, | |
1179 | the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software | |
1180 | Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of | |
1181 | computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on); | |
1182 | once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less | |
1183 | qualification. | |
1184 | ||
a4fb0134 | 1185 | @command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level |
252b5132 RH |
1186 | human-readable series of instructions into a low-level |
1187 | computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of | |
a4fb0134 | 1188 | @command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer. |
252b5132 RH |
1189 | @end ignore |
1190 | ||
1191 | @c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined | |
1192 | @c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any | |
1193 | @c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16 | |
1194 | @c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user | |
1195 | @c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define. | |
1196 | @c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual; | |
1197 | @c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of | |
1198 | @c directives). | |
1199 | ||
1200 | @node GNU Assembler | |
1201 | @section The GNU Assembler | |
1202 | ||
0285c67d NC |
1203 | @c man begin DESCRIPTION |
1204 | ||
a4fb0134 | 1205 | @sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers. |
252b5132 | 1206 | @ifclear GENERIC |
a4fb0134 | 1207 | This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is |
252b5132 RH |
1208 | configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures. |
1209 | @end ifclear | |
1210 | If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you | |
1211 | should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another | |
1212 | architecture. Each version has much in common with the others, | |
1213 | including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called | |
1214 | @dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill | |
1215 | ||
1216 | @cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler | |
a4fb0134 | 1217 | @command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the |
252b5132 | 1218 | @sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker |
a4fb0134 | 1219 | @code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}} |
252b5132 RH |
1220 | assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same |
1221 | machine would assemble. | |
1222 | @ifset VAX | |
1223 | Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}). | |
1224 | @end ifset | |
1225 | @ifset M680X0 | |
1226 | @c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption | |
1227 | @c here is that generic version sets M680x0. | |
a4fb0134 | 1228 | This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another |
252b5132 RH |
1229 | assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several |
1230 | incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax. | |
1231 | @end ifset | |
1232 | ||
0285c67d NC |
1233 | @c man end |
1234 | ||
a4fb0134 | 1235 | Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source |
252b5132 RH |
1236 | program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the |
1237 | @kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}). | |
1238 | ||
1239 | @node Object Formats | |
1240 | @section Object File Formats | |
1241 | ||
1242 | @cindex object file format | |
1243 | The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative | |
1244 | object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you | |
1245 | write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols | |
1246 | are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol | |
1247 | Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}. | |
1248 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
1249 | @ifclear MULTI-OBJ | |
c1253627 | 1250 | For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce |
252b5132 RH |
1251 | @value{OBJ-NAME} format object files. |
1252 | @end ifclear | |
1253 | @c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally | |
1254 | @ifset A29K | |
a4fb0134 | 1255 | On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either |
252b5132 RH |
1256 | @code{a.out} or COFF format object files. |
1257 | @end ifset | |
1258 | @ifset I960 | |
a4fb0134 | 1259 | On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either |
252b5132 RH |
1260 | @code{b.out} or COFF format object files. |
1261 | @end ifset | |
1262 | @ifset HPPA | |
a4fb0134 | 1263 | On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either |
252b5132 RH |
1264 | SOM or ELF format object files. |
1265 | @end ifset | |
1266 | @end ifclear | |
1267 | ||
1268 | @node Command Line | |
1269 | @section Command Line | |
1270 | ||
1271 | @cindex command line conventions | |
0285c67d | 1272 | |
a4fb0134 | 1273 | After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain |
252b5132 RH |
1274 | options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be |
1275 | before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is | |
1276 | significant. | |
1277 | ||
1278 | @cindex standard input, as input file | |
1279 | @kindex -- | |
1280 | @file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file | |
a4fb0134 | 1281 | explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble. |
252b5132 RH |
1282 | |
1283 | @cindex options, command line | |
1284 | Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a | |
1285 | hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of | |
a4fb0134 | 1286 | @command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An |
252b5132 RH |
1287 | option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of |
1288 | the letter is important. All options are optional. | |
1289 | ||
1290 | Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file | |
1291 | name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible | |
1292 | with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu} | |
1293 | standard). These two command lines are equivalent: | |
1294 | ||
1295 | @smallexample | |
1296 | @value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s | |
1297 | @value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s | |
1298 | @end smallexample | |
1299 | ||
1300 | @node Input Files | |
1301 | @section Input Files | |
1302 | ||
1303 | @cindex input | |
1304 | @cindex source program | |
1305 | @cindex files, input | |
1306 | We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to | |
a4fb0134 | 1307 | describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may |
252b5132 RH |
1308 | be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files |
1309 | doesn't change the meaning of the source. | |
1310 | ||
1311 | @c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my | |
1312 | @c APL training... doc@cygnus.com | |
1313 | The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the | |
1314 | order specified. | |
1315 | ||
0285c67d | 1316 | @c man begin DESCRIPTION |
a4fb0134 | 1317 | Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source |
252b5132 RH |
1318 | program. The source program is made up of one or more files. |
1319 | (The standard input is also a file.) | |
1320 | ||
a4fb0134 | 1321 | You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file |
252b5132 RH |
1322 | names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A |
1323 | command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning | |
1324 | is taken to be an input file name. | |
1325 | ||
a4fb0134 SC |
1326 | If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file |
1327 | from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You | |
1328 | may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program | |
252b5132 RH |
1329 | to assemble. |
1330 | ||
1331 | Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file | |
1332 | in your command line. | |
1333 | ||
a4fb0134 | 1334 | If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object |
252b5132 RH |
1335 | file. |
1336 | ||
0285c67d NC |
1337 | @c man end |
1338 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1339 | @subheading Filenames and Line-numbers |
1340 | ||
1341 | @cindex input file linenumbers | |
1342 | @cindex line numbers, in input files | |
1343 | There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and | |
1344 | either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line | |
1345 | number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a | |
1346 | ``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}. | |
1347 | ||
1348 | @dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given | |
a4fb0134 | 1349 | to @command{@value{AS}}. |
252b5132 RH |
1350 | |
1351 | @dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler | |
1352 | directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help | |
a4fb0134 SC |
1353 | error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source |
1354 | is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the | |
252b5132 RH |
1355 | @samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also |
1356 | @ref{File,,@code{.file}}. | |
1357 | ||
1358 | @node Object | |
1359 | @section Output (Object) File | |
1360 | ||
1361 | @cindex object file | |
1362 | @cindex output file | |
1363 | @kindex a.out | |
1364 | @kindex .o | |
a4fb0134 | 1365 | Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is |
252b5132 RH |
1366 | your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file |
1367 | is the object file. Its default name is | |
1368 | @ifclear BOUT | |
1369 | @code{a.out}. | |
1370 | @end ifclear | |
1371 | @ifset BOUT | |
1372 | @ifset GENERIC | |
1373 | @code{a.out}, or | |
1374 | @end ifset | |
a4fb0134 | 1375 | @code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960. |
252b5132 | 1376 | @end ifset |
a4fb0134 | 1377 | You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally, |
252b5132 RH |
1378 | object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical |
1379 | reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs | |
1380 | directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently | |
1381 | possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.) | |
1382 | ||
1383 | @cindex linker | |
1384 | @kindex ld | |
1385 | The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains | |
1386 | assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate | |
1387 | the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic | |
1388 | information for the debugger. | |
1389 | ||
1390 | @c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out. | |
1391 | @c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage. | |
1392 | ||
1393 | @node Errors | |
1394 | @section Error and Warning Messages | |
1395 | ||
0285c67d NC |
1396 | @c man begin DESCRIPTION |
1397 | ||
a349d9dd | 1398 | @cindex error messages |
252b5132 RH |
1399 | @cindex warning messages |
1400 | @cindex messages from assembler | |
a4fb0134 | 1401 | @command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error |
252b5132 | 1402 | file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler |
a4fb0134 SC |
1403 | runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so |
1404 | that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a | |
252b5132 RH |
1405 | grave problem that stops the assembly. |
1406 | ||
0285c67d NC |
1407 | @c man end |
1408 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1409 | @cindex format of warning messages |
1410 | Warning messages have the format | |
1411 | ||
1412 | @smallexample | |
1413 | file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text | |
1414 | @end smallexample | |
1415 | ||
1416 | @noindent | |
1417 | @cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors | |
1418 | (where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given | |
1419 | (@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of | |
1420 | the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given | |
1421 | @ifset GENERIC | |
1422 | (@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}}) | |
1423 | @end ifset | |
1424 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
1425 | @ifclear A29K | |
1426 | (@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}}) | |
1427 | @end ifclear | |
1428 | @ifset A29K | |
1429 | (@pxref{Ln,,@code{.ln}}) | |
1430 | @end ifset | |
1431 | @end ifclear | |
1432 | then it is used to calculate the number printed, | |
1433 | otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The | |
1434 | message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix | |
1435 | tradition). | |
1436 | ||
1437 | @cindex format of error messages | |
1438 | Error messages have the format | |
1439 | @smallexample | |
1440 | file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text | |
1441 | @end smallexample | |
1442 | The file name and line number are derived as for warning | |
1443 | messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory | |
1444 | because many of them aren't supposed to happen. | |
1445 | ||
1446 | @node Invoking | |
1447 | @chapter Command-Line Options | |
1448 | ||
1449 | @cindex options, all versions of assembler | |
1450 | This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all} | |
1451 | versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}, for options specific | |
1452 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
c1253627 | 1453 | to the @value{TARGET} target. |
252b5132 RH |
1454 | @end ifclear |
1455 | @ifset GENERIC | |
1456 | to particular machine architectures. | |
1457 | @end ifset | |
1458 | ||
0285c67d NC |
1459 | @c man begin DESCRIPTION |
1460 | ||
c1253627 | 1461 | If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler, |
252b5132 RH |
1462 | you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler. |
1463 | The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa}) | |
1464 | by commas. For example: | |
1465 | ||
1466 | @smallexample | |
1467 | gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c | |
1468 | @end smallexample | |
1469 | ||
1470 | @noindent | |
1471 | This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to | |
5f5e16be | 1472 | standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain |
252b5132 RH |
1473 | local symbols in the symbol table). |
1474 | ||
1475 | Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler | |
1476 | command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler. | |
1477 | (You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see | |
1478 | precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the | |
1479 | assembler.) | |
1480 | ||
0285c67d NC |
1481 | @c man end |
1482 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1483 | @menu |
1484 | * a:: -a[cdhlns] enable listings | |
1485 | * D:: -D for compatibility | |
1486 | * f:: -f to work faster | |
1487 | * I:: -I for .include search path | |
1488 | @ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
1489 | * K:: -K for compatibility | |
1490 | @end ifclear | |
1491 | @ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
1492 | * K:: -K for difference tables | |
1493 | @end ifset | |
1494 | ||
1495 | * L:: -L to retain local labels | |
c3a27914 | 1496 | * listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output |
252b5132 RH |
1497 | * M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode |
1498 | * MD:: --MD for dependency tracking | |
1499 | * o:: -o to name the object file | |
1500 | * R:: -R to join data and text sections | |
1501 | * statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly | |
1502 | * traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output | |
1503 | * v:: -v to announce version | |
2bdd6cf5 | 1504 | * W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings |
252b5132 RH |
1505 | * Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors |
1506 | @end menu | |
1507 | ||
1508 | @node a | |
a4fb0134 | 1509 | @section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdhlns]} |
252b5132 RH |
1510 | |
1511 | @kindex -a | |
1512 | @kindex -ac | |
1513 | @kindex -ad | |
1514 | @kindex -ah | |
1515 | @kindex -al | |
1516 | @kindex -an | |
1517 | @kindex -as | |
1518 | @cindex listings, enabling | |
1519 | @cindex assembly listings, enabling | |
1520 | ||
1521 | These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself, | |
1522 | @samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing. | |
1523 | You can use other letters to select specific options for the list: | |
1524 | @samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing, | |
1525 | @samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and | |
1526 | @samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing. | |
1527 | High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like | |
1528 | @samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested | |
1529 | also. | |
1530 | ||
1531 | Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines | |
1532 | which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any | |
1533 | other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be | |
1534 | omitted from the listing. | |
1535 | ||
1536 | Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the | |
1537 | listing. | |
1538 | ||
1539 | Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control | |
1540 | listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list}, | |
1541 | @code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and | |
1542 | @code{.sbttl}. | |
1543 | The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing. | |
1544 | If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the | |
1545 | listing-control directives have no effect. | |
1546 | ||
1547 | The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option, | |
1548 | @emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}. | |
1549 | ||
c3a27914 NC |
1550 | Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (eg because it |
1551 | is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch | |
1552 | is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor | |
1553 | directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from | |
1554 | stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces | |
1555 | memory usage and makes the code more efficient. | |
1556 | ||
252b5132 | 1557 | @node D |
a4fb0134 | 1558 | @section @option{-D} |
252b5132 RH |
1559 | |
1560 | @kindex -D | |
1561 | This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more | |
1562 | likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with | |
a4fb0134 | 1563 | @command{@value{AS}}. |
252b5132 RH |
1564 | |
1565 | @node f | |
a4fb0134 | 1566 | @section Work Faster: @option{-f} |
252b5132 RH |
1567 | |
1568 | @kindex -f | |
1569 | @cindex trusted compiler | |
a4fb0134 | 1570 | @cindex faster processing (@option{-f}) |
252b5132 RH |
1571 | @samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a |
1572 | (trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace | |
1573 | and comment preprocessing on | |
1574 | the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing, | |
1575 | ,Preprocessing}. | |
1576 | ||
1577 | @quotation | |
1578 | @emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be | |
a4fb0134 | 1579 | preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does |
252b5132 RH |
1580 | not work correctly. |
1581 | @end quotation | |
1582 | ||
1583 | @node I | |
c1253627 | 1584 | @section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path} |
252b5132 RH |
1585 | |
1586 | @kindex -I @var{path} | |
1587 | @cindex paths for @code{.include} | |
1588 | @cindex search path for @code{.include} | |
1589 | @cindex @code{include} directive search path | |
1590 | Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories | |
a4fb0134 SC |
1591 | @command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include} |
1592 | directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as | |
252b5132 | 1593 | many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current |
a4fb0134 | 1594 | working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}} |
252b5132 RH |
1595 | searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were |
1596 | specified (left to right) on the command line. | |
1597 | ||
1598 | @node K | |
a4fb0134 | 1599 | @section Difference Tables: @option{-K} |
252b5132 RH |
1600 | |
1601 | @kindex -K | |
1602 | @ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
1603 | On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is | |
1604 | permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms, | |
1605 | where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code | |
1606 | generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET} | |
1607 | family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this | |
1608 | alteration on other platforms. | |
1609 | @end ifclear | |
1610 | ||
1611 | @ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
1612 | @cindex difference tables, warning | |
1613 | @cindex warning for altered difference tables | |
a4fb0134 | 1614 | @command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the form |
252b5132 RH |
1615 | @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}; @pxref{Word,,@code{.word}}. |
1616 | You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this | |
1617 | is done. | |
1618 | @end ifset | |
1619 | ||
1620 | @node L | |
a4fb0134 | 1621 | @section Include Local Labels: @option{-L} |
252b5132 RH |
1622 | |
1623 | @kindex -L | |
1624 | @cindex local labels, retaining in output | |
1625 | Labels beginning with @samp{L} (upper case only) are called @dfn{local | |
1626 | labels}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see such labels when | |
1627 | debugging, because they are intended for the use of programs (like | |
1628 | compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your notice. | |
a4fb0134 | 1629 | Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard such labels, so you do not |
252b5132 RH |
1630 | normally debug with them. |
1631 | ||
a4fb0134 | 1632 | This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those @samp{L@dots{}} symbols |
252b5132 RH |
1633 | in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker |
1634 | @code{@value{LD}} to preserve symbols whose names begin with @samp{L}. | |
1635 | ||
1636 | By default, a local label is any label beginning with @samp{L}, but each | |
1637 | target is allowed to redefine the local label prefix. | |
1638 | @ifset HPPA | |
1639 | On the HPPA local labels begin with @samp{L$}. | |
1640 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 | 1641 | |
c3a27914 | 1642 | @node listing |
a4fb0134 | 1643 | @section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing} |
c3a27914 NC |
1644 | |
1645 | The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch | |
1646 | @samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a | |
1647 | hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays | |
1648 | them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by pseudo | |
1649 | ops inside the assembler source (@pxref{List} @pxref{Title} @pxref{Sbttl} | |
1650 | @pxref{Psize} @pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches: | |
1651 | ||
a4fb0134 | 1652 | @table @gcctabopt |
c3a27914 NC |
1653 | @item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number} |
1654 | @kindex --listing-lhs-width | |
1655 | @cindex Width of first line disassembly output | |
1656 | Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This | |
1657 | dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output. | |
1658 | ||
1659 | @item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number} | |
1660 | @kindex --listing-lhs-width2 | |
1661 | @cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output | |
1662 | Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for | |
8dfa0188 | 1663 | a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being |
c3a27914 NC |
1664 | the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither |
1665 | switch is used the default is to one. | |
1666 | ||
1667 | @item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number} | |
1668 | @kindex --listing-rhs-width | |
1669 | @cindex Width of source line output | |
1670 | Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed | |
1671 | alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The | |
1672 | source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output. | |
1673 | ||
1674 | @item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number} | |
1675 | @kindex --listing-cont-lines | |
1676 | @cindex Maximum number of continuation lines | |
1677 | Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be | |
1678 | displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4. | |
1679 | @end table | |
1680 | ||
252b5132 | 1681 | @node M |
a4fb0134 | 1682 | @section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M} |
252b5132 RH |
1683 | |
1684 | @kindex -M | |
1685 | @cindex MRI compatibility mode | |
a4fb0134 SC |
1686 | The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This |
1687 | changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it | |
252b5132 RH |
1688 | compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the |
1689 | configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the | |
1690 | MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more | |
1691 | information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro | |
1692 | arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit | |
a4fb0134 | 1693 | assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}. |
252b5132 RH |
1694 | |
1695 | The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler | |
1696 | depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object | |
1697 | file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format | |
1698 | individually. These are: | |
1699 | ||
1700 | @itemize @bullet | |
1701 | @item global symbols in common section | |
1702 | ||
1703 | The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker. | |
a4fb0134 | 1704 | Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles |
252b5132 RH |
1705 | common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local |
1706 | symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global | |
1707 | symbols, since it has no way to describe them. | |
1708 | ||
1709 | @item complex relocations | |
1710 | ||
1711 | The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and | |
1712 | relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These | |
1713 | are not support by other object file formats. | |
1714 | ||
1715 | @item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address | |
1716 | ||
1717 | The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address. | |
1718 | This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may | |
a4fb0134 | 1719 | instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker |
252b5132 RH |
1720 | script. |
1721 | ||
1722 | @item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops | |
1723 | ||
1724 | The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module | |
1725 | name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats. | |
1726 | ||
1727 | @item @code{ORG} pseudo-op | |
1728 | ||
1729 | The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given | |
a4fb0134 | 1730 | address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op, |
252b5132 RH |
1731 | which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are |
1732 | not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be | |
1733 | assigned within a linker script. | |
1734 | @end itemize | |
1735 | ||
1736 | There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by | |
a4fb0134 | 1737 | @command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they |
252b5132 RH |
1738 | seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases. |
1739 | ||
1740 | @itemize @bullet | |
1741 | ||
1742 | @item EBCDIC strings | |
1743 | ||
1744 | EBCDIC strings are not supported. | |
1745 | ||
1746 | @item packed binary coded decimal | |
1747 | ||
1748 | Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P} | |
1749 | and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported. | |
1750 | ||
1751 | @item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op | |
1752 | ||
1753 | The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
1754 | ||
1755 | @item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op | |
1756 | ||
1757 | The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
1758 | ||
1759 | @item @code{OPT} branch control options | |
1760 | ||
1761 | The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB}, | |
a4fb0134 | 1762 | @code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically |
252b5132 RH |
1763 | relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so |
1764 | these options serve no purpose. | |
1765 | ||
1766 | @item @code{OPT} list control options | |
1767 | ||
1768 | The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C}, | |
1769 | @code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M}, | |
1770 | @code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}. | |
1771 | ||
1772 | @item other @code{OPT} options | |
1773 | ||
1774 | The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O}, | |
1775 | @code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}. | |
1776 | ||
1777 | @item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default | |
1778 | ||
1779 | The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler. | |
1780 | @code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off. | |
1781 | ||
1782 | @item @code{XREF} pseudo-op. | |
1783 | ||
1784 | The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored. | |
1785 | ||
1786 | @item @code{.debug} pseudo-op | |
1787 | ||
1788 | The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
1789 | ||
1790 | @item @code{.extended} pseudo-op | |
1791 | ||
1792 | The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
1793 | ||
1794 | @item @code{.list} pseudo-op. | |
1795 | ||
1796 | The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported. | |
1797 | ||
1798 | @item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op | |
1799 | ||
1800 | The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
1801 | ||
1802 | @item @code{.output} pseudo-op | |
1803 | ||
1804 | The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
1805 | ||
1806 | @item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op | |
1807 | ||
1808 | The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
1809 | ||
1810 | @end itemize | |
1811 | ||
1812 | @node MD | |
c1253627 | 1813 | @section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD} |
252b5132 RH |
1814 | |
1815 | @kindex --MD | |
1816 | @cindex dependency tracking | |
1817 | @cindex make rules | |
1818 | ||
a4fb0134 | 1819 | @command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This |
252b5132 RH |
1820 | file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the |
1821 | dependencies of the main source file. | |
1822 | ||
1823 | The rule is written to the file named in its argument. | |
1824 | ||
1825 | This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles. | |
1826 | ||
1827 | @node o | |
a4fb0134 | 1828 | @section Name the Object File: @option{-o} |
252b5132 RH |
1829 | |
1830 | @kindex -o | |
1831 | @cindex naming object file | |
1832 | @cindex object file name | |
a4fb0134 | 1833 | There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By |
252b5132 RH |
1834 | default it has the name |
1835 | @ifset GENERIC | |
1836 | @ifset I960 | |
1837 | @file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only). | |
1838 | @end ifset | |
1839 | @ifclear I960 | |
1840 | @file{a.out}. | |
1841 | @end ifclear | |
1842 | @end ifset | |
1843 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
1844 | @ifset I960 | |
1845 | @file{b.out}. | |
1846 | @end ifset | |
1847 | @ifclear I960 | |
1848 | @file{a.out}. | |
1849 | @end ifclear | |
1850 | @end ifclear | |
1851 | You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the | |
1852 | object file a different name. | |
1853 | ||
a4fb0134 | 1854 | Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any |
252b5132 RH |
1855 | existing file of the same name. |
1856 | ||
1857 | @node R | |
a4fb0134 | 1858 | @section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R} |
252b5132 RH |
1859 | |
1860 | @kindex -R | |
1861 | @cindex data and text sections, joining | |
1862 | @cindex text and data sections, joining | |
1863 | @cindex joining text and data sections | |
1864 | @cindex merging text and data sections | |
a4fb0134 | 1865 | @option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all |
252b5132 RH |
1866 | data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at |
1867 | the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data | |
1868 | section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of | |
1869 | your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are | |
1870 | appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.) | |
1871 | ||
a4fb0134 | 1872 | When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter |
252b5132 RH |
1873 | address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and |
1874 | data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with | |
a4fb0134 | 1875 | older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way. |
252b5132 | 1876 | |
c1253627 NC |
1877 | @ifset COFF-ELF |
1878 | When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output, | |
252b5132 RH |
1879 | this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and |
1880 | @samp{.data}. | |
1881 | @end ifset | |
1882 | ||
1883 | @ifset HPPA | |
a4fb0134 SC |
1884 | @option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using |
1885 | @option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}. | |
252b5132 RH |
1886 | @end ifset |
1887 | ||
1888 | @node statistics | |
a4fb0134 | 1889 | @section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics} |
252b5132 RH |
1890 | |
1891 | @kindex --statistics | |
1892 | @cindex statistics, about assembly | |
1893 | @cindex time, total for assembly | |
1894 | @cindex space used, maximum for assembly | |
1895 | Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by | |
a4fb0134 | 1896 | @command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly |
252b5132 RH |
1897 | (in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu} |
1898 | seconds). | |
1899 | ||
1900 | @node traditional-format | |
c1253627 | 1901 | @section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format} |
252b5132 RH |
1902 | |
1903 | @kindex --traditional-format | |
a4fb0134 | 1904 | For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways |
252b5132 | 1905 | from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests |
a4fb0134 | 1906 | @command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead. |
252b5132 RH |
1907 | |
1908 | For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which | |
a4fb0134 | 1909 | @command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output. |
252b5132 RH |
1910 | |
1911 | @node v | |
a4fb0134 | 1912 | @section Announce Version: @option{-v} |
252b5132 RH |
1913 | |
1914 | @kindex -v | |
1915 | @kindex -version | |
1916 | @cindex assembler version | |
1917 | @cindex version of assembler | |
1918 | You can find out what version of as is running by including the | |
1919 | option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the | |
1920 | command line. | |
1921 | ||
1922 | @node W | |
a4fb0134 | 1923 | @section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings} |
252b5132 | 1924 | |
a4fb0134 | 1925 | @command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when |
252b5132 | 1926 | assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often |
a4fb0134 | 1927 | cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was |
252b5132 | 1928 | made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file. |
2bdd6cf5 | 1929 | |
c1253627 NC |
1930 | @kindex -W |
1931 | @kindex --no-warn | |
2bdd6cf5 GK |
1932 | @cindex suppressing warnings |
1933 | @cindex warnings, suppressing | |
a4fb0134 | 1934 | If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued. |
2bdd6cf5 | 1935 | This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of |
a4fb0134 | 1936 | how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly, |
2bdd6cf5 GK |
1937 | are still reported. |
1938 | ||
c1253627 | 1939 | @kindex --fatal-warnings |
2bdd6cf5 GK |
1940 | @cindex errors, caused by warnings |
1941 | @cindex warnings, causing error | |
a4fb0134 | 1942 | If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers |
2bdd6cf5 GK |
1943 | files that generate warnings to be in error. |
1944 | ||
c1253627 | 1945 | @kindex --warn |
2bdd6cf5 | 1946 | @cindex warnings, switching on |
a4fb0134 | 1947 | You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which |
2bdd6cf5 | 1948 | causes warnings to be output as usual. |
252b5132 RH |
1949 | |
1950 | @node Z | |
a4fb0134 | 1951 | @section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z} |
252b5132 RH |
1952 | @cindex object file, after errors |
1953 | @cindex errors, continuing after | |
a4fb0134 | 1954 | After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for |
252b5132 | 1955 | some reason you are interested in object file output even after |
a4fb0134 SC |
1956 | @command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z} |
1957 | option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and | |
252b5132 RH |
1958 | writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n} |
1959 | errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.} | |
1960 | ||
1961 | @node Syntax | |
1962 | @chapter Syntax | |
1963 | ||
1964 | @cindex machine-independent syntax | |
1965 | @cindex syntax, machine-independent | |
1966 | This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a | |
a4fb0134 | 1967 | source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other |
252b5132 RH |
1968 | assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2 |
1969 | @ifclear VAX | |
1970 | assembler. | |
1971 | @end ifclear | |
1972 | @ifset VAX | |
a4fb0134 | 1973 | assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields. |
252b5132 RH |
1974 | @end ifset |
1975 | ||
1976 | @menu | |
1977 | * Preprocessing:: Preprocessing | |
1978 | * Whitespace:: Whitespace | |
1979 | * Comments:: Comments | |
1980 | * Symbol Intro:: Symbols | |
1981 | * Statements:: Statements | |
1982 | * Constants:: Constants | |
1983 | @end menu | |
1984 | ||
1985 | @node Preprocessing | |
1986 | @section Preprocessing | |
1987 | ||
1988 | @cindex preprocessing | |
a4fb0134 | 1989 | The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor: |
252b5132 RH |
1990 | @itemize @bullet |
1991 | @cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor | |
1992 | @item | |
1993 | adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before | |
1994 | the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into | |
1995 | a single space. | |
1996 | ||
1997 | @cindex comments, removed by preprocessor | |
1998 | @item | |
1999 | removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an | |
2000 | appropriate number of newlines. | |
2001 | ||
2002 | @cindex constants, converted by preprocessor | |
2003 | @item | |
2004 | converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values. | |
2005 | @end itemize | |
2006 | ||
2007 | It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or | |
2008 | anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can | |
2009 | do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive | |
2010 | (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver | |
c1253627 | 2011 | to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a |
252b5132 RH |
2012 | @samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options,, Options Controlling the Kind of |
2013 | Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}. | |
2014 | ||
2015 | Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants | |
2016 | cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not | |
2017 | preprocessed. | |
2018 | ||
2019 | @cindex turning preprocessing on and off | |
2020 | @cindex preprocessing, turning on and off | |
2021 | @kindex #NO_APP | |
2022 | @kindex #APP | |
2023 | If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the | |
2024 | @samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file. | |
2025 | Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in | |
2026 | specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the | |
2027 | text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says | |
2028 | @code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support | |
2029 | @code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments | |
2030 | and whitespace. | |
2031 | ||
2032 | @node Whitespace | |
2033 | @section Whitespace | |
2034 | ||
2035 | @cindex whitespace | |
2036 | @dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order. | |
2037 | Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for | |
2038 | people to read. Unless within character constants | |
2039 | (@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same | |
2040 | as exactly one space. | |
2041 | ||
2042 | @node Comments | |
2043 | @section Comments | |
2044 | ||
2045 | @cindex comments | |
a4fb0134 | 2046 | There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both |
252b5132 RH |
2047 | cases the comment is equivalent to one space. |
2048 | ||
2049 | Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment. | |
2050 | This means you may not nest these comments. | |
2051 | ||
2052 | @smallexample | |
2053 | /* | |
2054 | The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment | |
2055 | is to use this sort of comment. | |
2056 | */ | |
2057 | ||
2058 | /* This sort of comment does not nest. */ | |
2059 | @end smallexample | |
2060 | ||
2061 | @cindex line comment character | |
2062 | Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline | |
2063 | is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is | |
2064 | @ifset A29K | |
2065 | @samp{;} for the AMD 29K family; | |
2066 | @end ifset | |
2067 | @ifset ARC | |
2068 | @samp{;} on the ARC; | |
2069 | @end ifset | |
550262c4 NC |
2070 | @ifset ARM |
2071 | @samp{@@} on the ARM; | |
2072 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
2073 | @ifset H8/300 |
2074 | @samp{;} for the H8/300 family; | |
2075 | @end ifset | |
2076 | @ifset H8/500 | |
2077 | @samp{!} for the H8/500 family; | |
2078 | @end ifset | |
2079 | @ifset HPPA | |
2080 | @samp{;} for the HPPA; | |
2081 | @end ifset | |
55b62671 AJ |
2082 | @ifset I80386 |
2083 | @samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64; | |
2084 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
2085 | @ifset I960 |
2086 | @samp{#} on the i960; | |
2087 | @end ifset | |
e135f41b NC |
2088 | @ifset PDP11 |
2089 | @samp{;} for the PDP-11; | |
2090 | @end ifset | |
041dd5a9 ILT |
2091 | @ifset PJ |
2092 | @samp{;} for picoJava; | |
2093 | @end ifset | |
418c1742 | 2094 | @ifset PPC |
3fb9d77f | 2095 | @samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC; |
418c1742 | 2096 | @end ifset |
252b5132 | 2097 | @ifset SH |
ef230218 | 2098 | @samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH; |
252b5132 RH |
2099 | @end ifset |
2100 | @ifset SPARC | |
2101 | @samp{!} on the SPARC; | |
2102 | @end ifset | |
a40cbfa3 NC |
2103 | @ifset IP2K |
2104 | @samp{#} on the ip2k; | |
2105 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
2106 | @ifset M32R |
2107 | @samp{#} on the m32r; | |
2108 | @end ifset | |
2109 | @ifset M680X0 | |
2110 | @samp{|} on the 680x0; | |
2111 | @end ifset | |
60bcf0fa NC |
2112 | @ifset M68HC11 |
2113 | @samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12; | |
2114 | @end ifset | |
81b0b3f1 BE |
2115 | @ifset M880X0 |
2116 | @samp{;} on the M880x0; | |
2117 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
2118 | @ifset VAX |
2119 | @samp{#} on the Vax; | |
2120 | @end ifset | |
2121 | @ifset Z8000 | |
2122 | @samp{!} for the Z8000; | |
2123 | @end ifset | |
2124 | @ifset V850 | |
2125 | @samp{#} on the V850; | |
2126 | @end ifset | |
e0001a05 NC |
2127 | @ifset XTENSA |
2128 | @samp{#} for Xtensa systems; | |
2129 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 | 2130 | see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill |
81b0b3f1 | 2131 | @c FIXME What about i860? |
252b5132 RH |
2132 | |
2133 | @ifset GENERIC | |
2134 | On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One | |
2135 | character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on | |
2136 | a line, while the other always begins a comment. | |
2137 | @end ifset | |
2138 | ||
2139 | @ifset V850 | |
2140 | The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that | |
2141 | extends to the end of the line. | |
2142 | ||
2143 | @samp{--}; | |
2144 | @end ifset | |
2145 | ||
2146 | @kindex # | |
2147 | @cindex lines starting with @code{#} | |
2148 | @cindex logical line numbers | |
2149 | To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a | |
2150 | special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute | |
2151 | expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next} | |
2152 | line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings,, Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a | |
2153 | new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace. | |
2154 | ||
2155 | If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric, | |
2156 | the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.) | |
2157 | ||
2158 | @smallexample | |
2159 | # This is an ordinary comment. | |
2160 | # 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name | |
2161 | # This is logical line # 36. | |
2162 | @end smallexample | |
2163 | This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions | |
a4fb0134 | 2164 | of @command{@value{AS}}. |
252b5132 RH |
2165 | |
2166 | @node Symbol Intro | |
2167 | @section Symbols | |
2168 | ||
2169 | @cindex characters used in symbols | |
2170 | @ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS | |
2171 | A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all | |
2172 | letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters | |
2173 | @samp{_.$}. | |
2174 | @end ifclear | |
2175 | @ifset SPECIAL-SYMS | |
2176 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
2177 | @ifset H8 | |
2178 | A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all | |
2179 | letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters | |
2180 | @samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in | |
2181 | symbol names.) | |
2182 | @end ifset | |
2183 | @end ifclear | |
2184 | @end ifset | |
2185 | @ifset GENERIC | |
2186 | On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions | |
2187 | are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. | |
2188 | @end ifset | |
2189 | No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant. | |
2190 | There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are | |
2191 | delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file | |
2192 | (since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is | |
2193 | not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}. | |
2194 | @cindex length of symbols | |
2195 | ||
2196 | @node Statements | |
2197 | @section Statements | |
2198 | ||
2199 | @cindex statements, structure of | |
2200 | @cindex line separator character | |
2201 | @cindex statement separator character | |
2202 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
2203 | @ifclear abnormal-separator | |
2204 | A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a | |
2205 | semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of | |
2206 | the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character | |
2207 | constants are an exception: they do not end statements. | |
2208 | @end ifclear | |
2209 | @ifset abnormal-separator | |
2210 | @ifset A29K | |
2211 | A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an ``at'' | |
2212 | sign (@samp{@@}). The newline or at sign is considered part of the | |
2213 | preceding statement. Newlines and at signs within character constants | |
2214 | are an exception: they do not end statements. | |
2215 | @end ifset | |
2216 | @ifset HPPA | |
2217 | A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation | |
2218 | point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the | |
2219 | preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character | |
2220 | constants are an exception: they do not end statements. | |
2221 | @end ifset | |
2222 | @ifset H8 | |
2223 | A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the | |
2224 | H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the | |
c2dcd04e | 2225 | Renesas-SH or the |
252b5132 RH |
2226 | H8/500) a semicolon |
2227 | (@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of | |
2228 | the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character | |
2229 | constants are an exception: they do not end statements. | |
2230 | @end ifset | |
2231 | @end ifset | |
2232 | @end ifclear | |
2233 | @ifset GENERIC | |
2234 | A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line | |
2235 | separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless | |
2236 | this conflicts with the comment character; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}.) The | |
2237 | newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding | |
2238 | statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an | |
2239 | exception: they do not end statements. | |
2240 | @end ifset | |
2241 | ||
2242 | @cindex newline, required at file end | |
2243 | @cindex EOF, newline must precede | |
2244 | It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last | |
2245 | character of any input file should be a newline.@refill | |
2246 | ||
2247 | An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored. | |
2248 | ||
2249 | @cindex instructions and directives | |
2250 | @cindex directives and instructions | |
2251 | @c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to | |
2252 | @c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com, | |
2253 | @c 13feb91. | |
2254 | A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a | |
2255 | key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key | |
2256 | symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the | |
2257 | symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler | |
2258 | directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with | |
2259 | a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it | |
2260 | assembles into a machine language instruction. | |
2261 | @ifset GENERIC | |
a4fb0134 | 2262 | Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers |
252b5132 RH |
2263 | recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may |
2264 | represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly | |
2265 | language.@refill | |
2266 | @end ifset | |
2267 | ||
2268 | @cindex @code{:} (label) | |
2269 | @cindex label (@code{:}) | |
2270 | A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}). | |
2271 | Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not | |
2272 | have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}. | |
2273 | ||
2274 | @ifset HPPA | |
2275 | For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but | |
2276 | the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that | |
2277 | only one label may be defined on each line. | |
2278 | @end ifset | |
2279 | ||
2280 | @smallexample | |
2281 | label: .directive followed by something | |
2282 | another_label: # This is an empty statement. | |
2283 | instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{} | |
2284 | @end smallexample | |
2285 | ||
2286 | @node Constants | |
2287 | @section Constants | |
2288 | ||
2289 | @cindex constants | |
2290 | A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by | |
2291 | inspection, without knowing any context. Like this: | |
2292 | @smallexample | |
2293 | @group | |
2294 | .byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value. | |
2295 | .ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant. | |
2296 | .octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum. | |
2297 | .float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\ | |
2298 | 95028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum. | |
2299 | @end group | |
2300 | @end smallexample | |
2301 | ||
2302 | @menu | |
2303 | * Characters:: Character Constants | |
2304 | * Numbers:: Number Constants | |
2305 | @end menu | |
2306 | ||
2307 | @node Characters | |
2308 | @subsection Character Constants | |
2309 | ||
2310 | @cindex character constants | |
2311 | @cindex constants, character | |
2312 | There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands | |
2313 | for one character in one byte and its value may be used in | |
2314 | numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string | |
2315 | @emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be | |
2316 | used in arithmetic expressions. | |
2317 | ||
2318 | @menu | |
2319 | * Strings:: Strings | |
2320 | * Chars:: Characters | |
2321 | @end menu | |
2322 | ||
2323 | @node Strings | |
2324 | @subsubsection Strings | |
2325 | ||
2326 | @cindex string constants | |
2327 | @cindex constants, string | |
2328 | A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain | |
2329 | double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters | |
2330 | into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with | |
2331 | a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents | |
2332 | one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells | |
a4fb0134 SC |
2333 | @command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash |
2334 | (which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an | |
252b5132 RH |
2335 | escape character). The complete list of escapes follows. |
2336 | ||
2337 | @cindex escape codes, character | |
2338 | @cindex character escape codes | |
2339 | @table @kbd | |
2340 | @c @item \a | |
2341 | @c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007. | |
2342 | @c | |
2343 | @cindex @code{\b} (backspace character) | |
2344 | @cindex backspace (@code{\b}) | |
2345 | @item \b | |
2346 | Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010. | |
2347 | ||
2348 | @c @item \e | |
2349 | @c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004. | |
2350 | @c | |
2351 | @cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character) | |
2352 | @cindex formfeed (@code{\f}) | |
2353 | @item \f | |
2354 | Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014. | |
2355 | ||
2356 | @cindex @code{\n} (newline character) | |
2357 | @cindex newline (@code{\n}) | |
2358 | @item \n | |
2359 | Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012. | |
2360 | ||
2361 | @c @item \p | |
2362 | @c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}. | |
2363 | @c | |
2364 | @cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character) | |
2365 | @cindex carriage return (@code{\r}) | |
2366 | @item \r | |
2367 | Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015. | |
2368 | ||
2369 | @c @item \s | |
2370 | @c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with | |
2371 | @c other assemblers. | |
2372 | @c | |
2373 | @cindex @code{\t} (tab) | |
2374 | @cindex tab (@code{\t}) | |
2375 | @item \t | |
2376 | Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011. | |
2377 | ||
2378 | @c @item \v | |
2379 | @c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013. | |
2380 | @c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit} | |
2381 | @c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits. | |
2382 | @c | |
2383 | @cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code) | |
2384 | @cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}}) | |
2385 | @item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit} | |
2386 | An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits. | |
2387 | For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits: | |
2388 | for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011. | |
2389 | ||
2390 | @cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code) | |
2391 | @cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}}) | |
2392 | @item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...} | |
2393 | A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or | |
2394 | lower case @code{x} works. | |
2395 | ||
2396 | @cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character) | |
2397 | @cindex backslash (@code{\\}) | |
2398 | @item \\ | |
2399 | Represents one @samp{\} character. | |
2400 | ||
2401 | @c @item \' | |
2402 | @c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character. | |
2403 | @c This is needed in single character literals | |
2404 | @c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent | |
2405 | @c a @samp{'}. | |
2406 | @c | |
2407 | @cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character) | |
2408 | @cindex doublequote (@code{\"}) | |
2409 | @item \" | |
2410 | Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent | |
2411 | this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string. | |
2412 | ||
2413 | @item \ @var{anything-else} | |
2414 | Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but | |
2415 | assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if | |
2416 | you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal | |
a4fb0134 SC |
2417 | interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no |
2418 | other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong | |
252b5132 RH |
2419 | code and warns you of the fact. |
2420 | @end table | |
2421 | ||
2422 | Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent, | |
2423 | varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think | |
2424 | the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C | |
2425 | compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape | |
2426 | sequence. | |
2427 | ||
2428 | @node Chars | |
2429 | @subsubsection Characters | |
2430 | ||
2431 | @cindex single character constant | |
2432 | @cindex character, single | |
2433 | @cindex constant, single character | |
2434 | A single character may be written as a single quote immediately | |
2435 | followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as | |
2436 | to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you | |
2437 | must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second | |
2438 | @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a | |
2439 | grave accent. A newline | |
2440 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
2441 | @ifclear abnormal-separator | |
2442 | (or semicolon @samp{;}) | |
2443 | @end ifclear | |
2444 | @ifset abnormal-separator | |
2445 | @ifset A29K | |
2446 | (or at sign @samp{@@}) | |
2447 | @end ifset | |
2448 | @ifset H8 | |
2449 | (or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the | |
c2dcd04e | 2450 | Renesas SH or H8/500) |
252b5132 RH |
2451 | @end ifset |
2452 | @end ifset | |
2453 | @end ifclear | |
2454 | immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character | |
2455 | and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character | |
2456 | constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for | |
a4fb0134 | 2457 | that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII: |
252b5132 RH |
2458 | @kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill |
2459 | ||
2460 | @node Numbers | |
2461 | @subsection Number Constants | |
2462 | ||
2463 | @cindex constants, number | |
2464 | @cindex number constants | |
a4fb0134 | 2465 | @command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they |
252b5132 RH |
2466 | are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that |
2467 | would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are | |
2468 | integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums} | |
2469 | are floating point numbers, described below. | |
2470 | ||
2471 | @menu | |
2472 | * Integers:: Integers | |
2473 | * Bignums:: Bignums | |
2474 | * Flonums:: Flonums | |
2475 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
2476 | @ifset I960 | |
2477 | * Bit Fields:: Bit Fields | |
2478 | @end ifset | |
2479 | @end ifclear | |
2480 | @end menu | |
2481 | ||
2482 | @node Integers | |
2483 | @subsubsection Integers | |
2484 | @cindex integers | |
2485 | @cindex constants, integer | |
2486 | ||
2487 | @cindex binary integers | |
2488 | @cindex integers, binary | |
2489 | A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of | |
2490 | the binary digits @samp{01}. | |
2491 | ||
2492 | @cindex octal integers | |
2493 | @cindex integers, octal | |
2494 | An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal | |
2495 | digits (@samp{01234567}). | |
2496 | ||
2497 | @cindex decimal integers | |
2498 | @cindex integers, decimal | |
2499 | A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or | |
2500 | more digits (@samp{0123456789}). | |
2501 | ||
2502 | @cindex hexadecimal integers | |
2503 | @cindex integers, hexadecimal | |
2504 | A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or | |
2505 | more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}. | |
2506 | ||
2507 | Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use | |
2508 | the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions | |
2509 | (@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}). | |
2510 | ||
2511 | @node Bignums | |
2512 | @subsubsection Bignums | |
2513 | ||
2514 | @cindex bignums | |
2515 | @cindex constants, bignum | |
2516 | A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer | |
2517 | except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to | |
2518 | represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places | |
2519 | integers are permitted while bignums are not. | |
2520 | ||
2521 | @node Flonums | |
2522 | @subsubsection Flonums | |
2523 | @cindex flonums | |
2524 | @cindex floating point numbers | |
2525 | @cindex constants, floating point | |
2526 | ||
2527 | @cindex precision, floating point | |
2528 | A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is | |
2529 | indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by | |
a4fb0134 | 2530 | @command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than |
252b5132 RH |
2531 | sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted |
2532 | to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a | |
a4fb0134 | 2533 | portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer. |
252b5132 RH |
2534 | |
2535 | A flonum is written by writing (in order) | |
2536 | @itemize @bullet | |
2537 | @item | |
2538 | The digit @samp{0}. | |
2539 | @ifset HPPA | |
2540 | (@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.) | |
2541 | @end ifset | |
2542 | ||
2543 | @item | |
a4fb0134 | 2544 | A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum. |
252b5132 RH |
2545 | @ifset GENERIC |
2546 | @kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important. | |
2547 | @ignore | |
2548 | @c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases | |
2549 | (Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD | |
2550 | 4.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.) | |
2551 | @end ignore | |
2552 | ||
2553 | On the H8/300, H8/500, | |
ef230218 | 2554 | Renesas / SuperH SH, |
252b5132 RH |
2555 | and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be |
2556 | one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case). | |
2557 | ||
2558 | On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS} | |
2559 | (in upper or lower case). | |
2560 | ||
2561 | On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be | |
2562 | one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case). | |
2563 | ||
2564 | On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only). | |
2565 | @end ifset | |
2566 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
2567 | @ifset A29K | |
2568 | One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case). | |
2569 | @end ifset | |
2570 | @ifset ARC | |
2571 | One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case). | |
2572 | @end ifset | |
2573 | @ifset H8 | |
2574 | One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case). | |
2575 | @end ifset | |
2576 | @ifset HPPA | |
2577 | The letter @samp{E} (upper case only). | |
2578 | @end ifset | |
2579 | @ifset I960 | |
2580 | One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case). | |
2581 | @end ifset | |
2582 | @end ifclear | |
2583 | ||
2584 | @item | |
2585 | An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}. | |
2586 | ||
2587 | @item | |
2588 | An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits. | |
2589 | ||
2590 | @item | |
2591 | An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero | |
2592 | or more decimal digits. | |
2593 | ||
2594 | @item | |
2595 | An optional exponent, consisting of: | |
2596 | ||
2597 | @itemize @bullet | |
2598 | @item | |
2599 | An @samp{E} or @samp{e}. | |
2600 | @c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in | |
2601 | @c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets. | |
2602 | @item | |
2603 | Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}. | |
2604 | @item | |
2605 | One or more decimal digits. | |
2606 | @end itemize | |
2607 | ||
2608 | @end itemize | |
2609 | ||
2610 | At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be | |
2611 | present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value. | |
2612 | ||
a4fb0134 | 2613 | @command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed |
252b5132 | 2614 | independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running |
a4fb0134 | 2615 | @command{@value{AS}}. |
252b5132 RH |
2616 | |
2617 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
2618 | @ifset I960 | |
2619 | @c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled | |
2620 | @c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91) | |
2621 | @c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS. | |
2622 | @node Bit Fields | |
2623 | @subsubsection Bit Fields | |
2624 | ||
2625 | @cindex bit fields | |
2626 | @cindex constants, bit field | |
2627 | You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}. | |
2628 | specify two numbers separated by a colon--- | |
2629 | @example | |
2630 | @var{mask}:@var{value} | |
2631 | @end example | |
2632 | @noindent | |
a4fb0134 | 2633 | @command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and |
252b5132 RH |
2634 | @var{value}. |
2635 | ||
2636 | The resulting number is then packed | |
2637 | @ifset GENERIC | |
2638 | @c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960 | |
2639 | (in host-dependent byte order) | |
2640 | @end ifset | |
2641 | into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the | |
2642 | bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and | |
2643 | requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead, | |
2644 | more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the | |
2645 | least significant digits.@refill | |
2646 | ||
2647 | The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long}, | |
2648 | @code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments. | |
2649 | @end ifset | |
2650 | @end ifclear | |
2651 | ||
2652 | @node Sections | |
2653 | @chapter Sections and Relocation | |
2654 | @cindex sections | |
2655 | @cindex relocation | |
2656 | ||
2657 | @menu | |
2658 | * Secs Background:: Background | |
2659 | * Ld Sections:: Linker Sections | |
2660 | * As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections | |
2661 | * Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections | |
2662 | * bss:: bss Section | |
2663 | @end menu | |
2664 | ||
2665 | @node Secs Background | |
2666 | @section Background | |
2667 | ||
2668 | Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data | |
2669 | ``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose. | |
2670 | For example there may be a ``read only'' section. | |
2671 | ||
2672 | @cindex linker, and assembler | |
2673 | @cindex assembler, and linker | |
2674 | The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and | |
a4fb0134 | 2675 | combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}} |
252b5132 RH |
2676 | emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0. |
2677 | @code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that | |
2678 | different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an | |
a4fb0134 | 2679 | oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses |
252b5132 RH |
2680 | sections. |
2681 | ||
2682 | @code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time | |
2683 | addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid | |
2684 | units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes | |
2685 | within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning | |
2686 | run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes | |
2687 | the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to | |
2688 | the proper run-time addresses. | |
2689 | @ifset H8 | |
2690 | For the H8/300 and H8/500, | |
ef230218 | 2691 | and for the Renesas / SuperH SH, |
a4fb0134 | 2692 | @command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to |
252b5132 RH |
2693 | ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary. |
2694 | @end ifset | |
2695 | ||
2696 | @cindex standard assembler sections | |
a4fb0134 | 2697 | An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any |
252b5132 RH |
2698 | of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and |
2699 | @dfn{bss} sections. | |
2700 | ||
c1253627 | 2701 | @ifset COFF-ELF |
252b5132 | 2702 | @ifset GENERIC |
c1253627 | 2703 | When it generates COFF or ELF output, |
252b5132 | 2704 | @end ifset |
a4fb0134 | 2705 | @command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify |
252b5132 RH |
2706 | using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}). |
2707 | If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text} | |
2708 | or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty. | |
2709 | @end ifset | |
2710 | ||
2711 | @ifset HPPA | |
2712 | @ifset GENERIC | |
a4fb0134 | 2713 | When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA, |
252b5132 | 2714 | @end ifset |
a4fb0134 | 2715 | @command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you |
252b5132 RH |
2716 | specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See |
2717 | @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual} | |
2718 | (HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} | |
2719 | assembler directives. | |
2720 | ||
2721 | @ifset SOM | |
a4fb0134 | 2722 | Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard |
252b5132 RH |
2723 | text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text |
2724 | is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and | |
2725 | BSS into @samp{$BSS$}. | |
2726 | @end ifset | |
2727 | @end ifset | |
2728 | ||
2729 | Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the | |
2730 | data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section. | |
2731 | ||
2732 | @ifset HPPA | |
2733 | When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text | |
2734 | section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address | |
2735 | @code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section. | |
2736 | @end ifset | |
2737 | ||
2738 | To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are | |
a4fb0134 | 2739 | relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the |
252b5132 RH |
2740 | object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation |
2741 | @code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object | |
2742 | file is mentioned: | |
2743 | @itemize @bullet | |
2744 | @item | |
2745 | Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to | |
2746 | an address? | |
2747 | @item | |
2748 | How long (in bytes) is this reference? | |
2749 | @item | |
2750 | Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of | |
2751 | @display | |
2752 | (@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})? | |
2753 | @end display | |
2754 | @item | |
2755 | Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''? | |
2756 | @end itemize | |
2757 | ||
2758 | @cindex addresses, format of | |
2759 | @cindex section-relative addressing | |
a4fb0134 | 2760 | In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as |
252b5132 RH |
2761 | @display |
2762 | (@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section}) | |
2763 | @end display | |
2764 | @noindent | |
a4fb0134 | 2765 | Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative |
252b5132 RH |
2766 | nature. |
2767 | @ifset SOM | |
2768 | (For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are | |
2769 | symbol-relative instead.) | |
2770 | @end ifset | |
2771 | ||
2772 | In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset | |
2773 | @var{N} into section @var{secname}.'' | |
2774 | ||
2775 | Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the | |
2776 | @dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs, | |
2777 | addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address | |
2778 | @code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by | |
2779 | @code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs' | |
2780 | data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition} | |
2781 | their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one | |
2782 | part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as | |
2783 | address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program. | |
2784 | ||
2785 | The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any | |
2786 | address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition | |
2787 | rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later. | |
2788 | Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined | |
2789 | address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named | |
2790 | common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly | |
2791 | time so it has section @emph{undefined}. | |
2792 | ||
2793 | By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in | |
2794 | the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text | |
2795 | sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is | |
2796 | customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all | |
2797 | the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for | |
2798 | data and bss sections. | |
2799 | ||
2800 | Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for | |
a4fb0134 | 2801 | use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly. |
252b5132 RH |
2802 | |
2803 | @node Ld Sections | |
2804 | @section Linker Sections | |
2805 | @code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below. | |
2806 | ||
2807 | @table @strong | |
2808 | ||
c1253627 | 2809 | @ifset COFF-ELF |
252b5132 RH |
2810 | @cindex named sections |
2811 | @cindex sections, named | |
2812 | @item named sections | |
2813 | @end ifset | |
2814 | @ifset aout-bout | |
2815 | @cindex text section | |
2816 | @cindex data section | |
2817 | @itemx text section | |
2818 | @itemx data section | |
2819 | @end ifset | |
a4fb0134 | 2820 | These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as |
252b5132 | 2821 | separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is |
c1253627 NC |
2822 | true of another. |
2823 | @c @ifset aout-bout | |
252b5132 RH |
2824 | When the program is running, however, it is |
2825 | customary for the text section to be unalterable. The | |
2826 | text section is often shared among processes: it contains | |
2827 | instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running | |
2828 | program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored | |
2829 | in the data section. | |
c1253627 | 2830 | @c @end ifset |
252b5132 RH |
2831 | |
2832 | @cindex bss section | |
2833 | @item bss section | |
2834 | This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It | |
a349d9dd | 2835 | is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of |
252b5132 RH |
2836 | each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts |
2837 | out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero | |
2838 | bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate | |
2839 | those explicit zeros from object files. | |
2840 | ||
2841 | @cindex absolute section | |
2842 | @item absolute section | |
2843 | Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0. | |
2844 | This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must | |
2845 | not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute | |
2846 | addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation. | |
2847 | ||
2848 | @cindex undefined section | |
2849 | @item undefined section | |
2850 | This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in | |
2851 | the preceding sections. | |
2852 | @c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here. | |
2853 | @end table | |
2854 | ||
2855 | @cindex relocation example | |
2856 | An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows. | |
c1253627 | 2857 | @ifset COFF-ELF |
252b5132 RH |
2858 | The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}. |
2859 | @end ifset | |
2860 | Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis. | |
2861 | ||
2862 | @c TEXI2ROFF-KILL | |
c1253627 | 2863 | @ifnottex |
252b5132 RH |
2864 | @c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL |
2865 | @smallexample | |
2866 | +-----+----+--+ | |
2867 | partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00| | |
2868 | +-----+----+--+ | |
2869 | ||
2870 | text data bss | |
2871 | seg. seg. seg. | |
2872 | ||
2873 | +---+---+---+ | |
2874 | partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000| | |
2875 | +---+---+---+ | |
2876 | ||
2877 | +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~ | |
2878 | linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000| | |
2879 | +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~ | |
2880 | ||
2881 | addresses: 0 @dots{} | |
2882 | @end smallexample | |
2883 | @c TEXI2ROFF-KILL | |
c1253627 | 2884 | @end ifnottex |
252b5132 RH |
2885 | @need 5000 |
2886 | @tex | |
c1253627 | 2887 | \bigskip |
252b5132 RH |
2888 | \line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil} |
2889 | \line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil} | |
2890 | \line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil} | |
2891 | ||
2892 | \line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil} | |
2893 | \line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil} | |
2894 | \line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil} | |
2895 | ||
2896 | \line{\it linked program: \hfil} | |
2897 | \line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil} | |
2898 | \line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt | |
2899 | ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt | |
2900 | DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil} | |
2901 | ||
2902 | \line{\it addresses: \hfil} | |
2903 | \line{0\dots\hfil} | |
2904 | ||
2905 | @end tex | |
2906 | @c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL | |
2907 | ||
2908 | @node As Sections | |
2909 | @section Assembler Internal Sections | |
2910 | ||
2911 | @cindex internal assembler sections | |
2912 | @cindex sections in messages, internal | |
a4fb0134 | 2913 | These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They |
252b5132 | 2914 | have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these |
a4fb0134 | 2915 | sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}} |
252b5132 | 2916 | warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their |
a4fb0134 | 2917 | meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the |
252b5132 RH |
2918 | value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a |
2919 | section-relative address. | |
2920 | ||
2921 | @table @b | |
2922 | @cindex assembler internal logic error | |
2923 | @item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR! | |
2924 | An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a | |
2925 | bug in the assembler. | |
2926 | ||
2927 | @cindex expr (internal section) | |
2928 | @item expr section | |
2929 | The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of | |
2930 | symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts | |
2931 | it in the expr section. | |
2932 | @c FIXME item debug | |
2933 | @c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload | |
2934 | @c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload | |
2935 | @c FIXME item register | |
2936 | @end table | |
2937 | ||
2938 | @node Sub-Sections | |
2939 | @section Sub-Sections | |
2940 | ||
2941 | @cindex numbered subsections | |
2942 | @cindex grouping data | |
2943 | @ifset aout-bout | |
2944 | Assembled bytes | |
c1253627 | 2945 | @ifset COFF-ELF |
252b5132 RH |
2946 | conventionally |
2947 | @end ifset | |
2948 | fall into two sections: text and data. | |
2949 | @end ifset | |
2950 | You may have separate groups of | |
2951 | @ifset GENERIC | |
2952 | data in named sections | |
2953 | @end ifset | |
2954 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
2955 | @ifclear aout-bout | |
2956 | data in named sections | |
2957 | @end ifclear | |
2958 | @ifset aout-bout | |
2959 | text or data | |
2960 | @end ifset | |
2961 | @end ifclear | |
2962 | that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they | |
a4fb0134 | 2963 | are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to |
252b5132 RH |
2964 | use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be |
2965 | numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the | |
2966 | same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same | |
2967 | subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text | |
2968 | section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being | |
2969 | assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each | |
2970 | section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of | |
2971 | constants being output. | |
2972 | ||
2973 | Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything | |
2974 | goes in subsection number zero. | |
2975 | ||
2976 | @ifset GENERIC | |
2977 | Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes. | |
2978 | (Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors | |
a4fb0134 | 2979 | of @command{@value{AS}}.) |
252b5132 RH |
2980 | @end ifset |
2981 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
2982 | @ifset H8 | |
2983 | On the H8/300 and H8/500 platforms, each subsection is zero-padded to a word | |
2984 | boundary (two bytes). | |
c2dcd04e | 2985 | The same is true on the Renesas SH. |
252b5132 RH |
2986 | @end ifset |
2987 | @ifset I960 | |
2988 | @c FIXME section padding (alignment)? | |
2989 | @c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that | |
2990 | @c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration, | |
2991 | @c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue, | |
2992 | @c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be | |
2993 | @c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such). | |
2994 | @end ifset | |
2995 | @ifset A29K | |
2996 | On the AMD 29K family, no particular padding is added to section or | |
2997 | subsection sizes; @value{AS} forces no alignment on this platform. | |
2998 | @end ifset | |
2999 | @end ifclear | |
3000 | ||
3001 | Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered | |
3002 | to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.) | |
3003 | The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and | |
3004 | other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them. | |
3005 | They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your | |
3006 | data subsections as a data section. | |
3007 | ||
3008 | To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled | |
3009 | into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text | |
3010 | @var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement. | |
c1253627 | 3011 | @ifset COFF-ELF |
252b5132 | 3012 | @ifset GENERIC |
c1253627 | 3013 | When generating COFF or ELF output, you |
252b5132 RH |
3014 | @end ifset |
3015 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
3016 | You | |
3017 | @end ifclear | |
3018 | can also use an extra subsection | |
3019 | argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name}, | |
3020 | @var{expression}}. | |
3021 | @end ifset | |
3022 | @var{Expression} should be an absolute expression. | |
3023 | (@xref{Expressions}.) If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0} | |
3024 | is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly | |
3025 | begins in @code{text 0}. For instance: | |
3026 | @smallexample | |
3027 | .text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway. | |
3028 | .ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *" | |
3029 | .text 1 | |
3030 | .ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection." | |
3031 | .data 0 | |
3032 | .ascii "This lives in the data section," | |
3033 | .ascii "in the first data subsection." | |
3034 | .text 0 | |
3035 | .ascii "This lives in the first text section," | |
3036 | .ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)." | |
3037 | @end smallexample | |
3038 | ||
3039 | Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte | |
3040 | assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience | |
a4fb0134 | 3041 | restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location |
252b5132 RH |
3042 | counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the |
3043 | @code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its | |
3044 | current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being | |
3045 | assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter. | |
3046 | ||
3047 | @node bss | |
3048 | @section bss Section | |
3049 | ||
3050 | @cindex bss section | |
3051 | @cindex common variable storage | |
3052 | The bss section is used for local common variable storage. | |
3053 | You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may | |
3054 | not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When | |
3055 | your program starts running, all the contents of the bss | |
3056 | section are zeroed bytes. | |
3057 | ||
3058 | The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see | |
3059 | @ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}. | |
3060 | ||
3061 | The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is | |
3062 | another form of uninitialized symbol; see @xref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}. | |
3063 | ||
3064 | @ifset GENERIC | |
3065 | When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or | |
3066 | COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual; | |
3067 | see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the | |
3068 | section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and | |
3069 | @code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}). | |
3070 | @end ifset | |
3071 | ||
3072 | @node Symbols | |
3073 | @chapter Symbols | |
3074 | ||
3075 | @cindex symbols | |
3076 | Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name | |
3077 | things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols | |
3078 | to debug. | |
3079 | ||
3080 | @quotation | |
3081 | @cindex debuggers, and symbol order | |
a4fb0134 | 3082 | @emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in |
252b5132 RH |
3083 | the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers. |
3084 | @end quotation | |
3085 | ||
3086 | @menu | |
3087 | * Labels:: Labels | |
3088 | * Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values | |
3089 | * Symbol Names:: Symbol Names | |
3090 | * Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol | |
3091 | * Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes | |
3092 | @end menu | |
3093 | ||
3094 | @node Labels | |
3095 | @section Labels | |
3096 | ||
3097 | @cindex labels | |
3098 | A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon | |
3099 | @samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the | |
3100 | active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction | |
3101 | operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two | |
3102 | different locations: the first definition overrides any other | |
3103 | definitions. | |
3104 | ||
3105 | @ifset HPPA | |
3106 | On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a | |
3107 | colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on | |
a4fb0134 | 3108 | a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also |
252b5132 RH |
3109 | provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly. |
3110 | @end ifset | |
3111 | ||
3112 | @node Setting Symbols | |
3113 | @section Giving Symbols Other Values | |
3114 | ||
3115 | @cindex assigning values to symbols | |
3116 | @cindex symbol values, assigning | |
3117 | A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed | |
3118 | by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression | |
3119 | (@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set} | |
3120 | directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. | |
3121 | ||
3122 | @node Symbol Names | |
3123 | @section Symbol Names | |
3124 | ||
3125 | @cindex symbol names | |
3126 | @cindex names, symbol | |
3127 | @ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS | |
3128 | Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most | |
3129 | machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are | |
3130 | noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any | |
3131 | string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted in | |
3132 | @ref{Machine Dependencies}), and underscores. | |
3133 | @end ifclear | |
3134 | @ifset A29K | |
3135 | For the AMD 29K family, @samp{?} is also allowed in the | |
3136 | body of a symbol name, though not at its beginning. | |
3137 | @end ifset | |
3138 | ||
3139 | @ifset SPECIAL-SYMS | |
3140 | @ifset H8 | |
3141 | Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the | |
c2dcd04e NC |
3142 | Renesas SH or the H8/500, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That |
3143 | character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save | |
3144 | on the H8/300), and underscores. | |
252b5132 RH |
3145 | @end ifset |
3146 | @end ifset | |
3147 | ||
3148 | Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name | |
3149 | than @code{Foo}. | |
3150 | ||
3151 | Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program | |
3152 | refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times | |
3153 | in a program. | |
3154 | ||
3155 | @subheading Local Symbol Names | |
3156 | ||
3157 | @cindex local symbol names | |
3158 | @cindex symbol names, local | |
3159 | @cindex temporary symbol names | |
3160 | @cindex symbol names, temporary | |
3161 | Local symbols help compilers and programmers use names temporarily. | |
2d5aaba0 NC |
3162 | They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of |
3163 | the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation. | |
3164 | To define a local symbol, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} | |
3165 | represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous | |
3166 | definition of that symbol write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when | |
3167 | you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write | |
3168 | @samp{@b{N}f}--- The @samp{b} stands for``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands | |
3169 | for ``forwards''. | |
3170 | ||
3171 | There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them | |
3172 | too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using | |
3173 | the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently | |
3174 | defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next | |
3175 | definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth | |
3176 | noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are | |
3177 | implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others. | |
3178 | ||
3179 | Here is an example: | |
3180 | ||
3181 | @smallexample | |
3182 | 1: branch 1f | |
3183 | 2: branch 1b | |
3184 | 1: branch 2f | |
3185 | 2: branch 1b | |
3186 | @end smallexample | |
3187 | ||
3188 | Which is the equivalent of: | |
3189 | ||
3190 | @smallexample | |
3191 | label_1: branch label_3 | |
3192 | label_2: branch label_1 | |
3193 | label_3: branch label_4 | |
3194 | label_4: branch label_3 | |
3195 | @end smallexample | |
3196 | ||
3197 | Local symbol names are only a notational device. They are immediately | |
3198 | transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them. | |
3199 | The symbol names stored in the symbol table, appearing in error messages and | |
3200 | optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using these | |
252b5132 RH |
3201 | parts: |
3202 | ||
3203 | @table @code | |
3204 | @item L | |
a4fb0134 | 3205 | All local labels begin with @samp{L}. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and |
252b5132 RH |
3206 | @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols that start with @samp{L}. These labels are |
3207 | used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the | |
a4fb0134 | 3208 | @samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the |
252b5132 RH |
3209 | object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols, |
3210 | you may use them in debugging. | |
3211 | ||
2d5aaba0 NC |
3212 | @item @var{number} |
3213 | This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the | |
3214 | label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}. | |
252b5132 | 3215 | |
2d5aaba0 NC |
3216 | @item @kbd{C-B} |
3217 | This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol | |
3218 | of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B). | |
252b5132 RH |
3219 | |
3220 | @item @emph{ordinal number} | |
2d5aaba0 NC |
3221 | This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of |
3222 | @samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the | |
3223 | number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets | |
3224 | the number @samp{1} and its 15th defintion gets @samp{15} as well. | |
252b5132 RH |
3225 | @end table |
3226 | ||
2d5aaba0 NC |
3227 | So for example, the first @code{1:} is named @code{L1@kbd{C-B}1}, the 44th |
3228 | @code{3:} is named @code{L3@kbd{C-B}44}. | |
3229 | ||
3230 | @subheading Dollar Local Labels | |
3231 | @cindex dollar local symbols | |
3232 | ||
3233 | @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called | |
3234 | dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (ie they become undefined) as soon | |
3235 | as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small | |
3236 | region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in | |
3237 | scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of | |
3238 | the same local label. | |
3239 | ||
3240 | Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels, | |
3241 | except that instead of being terminated by a colon, they are terminated by a | |
3242 | dollar sign. eg @samp{@b{55$}}. | |
3243 | ||
3244 | They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed | |
3245 | name which uses ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character | |
3246 | to distinguish them from ordinary labels. Thus the 5th defintion of @samp{6$} | |
3247 | is named @samp{L6@kbd{C-A}5}. | |
252b5132 RH |
3248 | |
3249 | @node Dot | |
3250 | @section The Special Dot Symbol | |
3251 | ||
3252 | @cindex dot (symbol) | |
3253 | @cindex @code{.} (symbol) | |
3254 | @cindex current address | |
3255 | @cindex location counter | |
3256 | The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that | |
a4fb0134 | 3257 | @command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin: |
252b5132 RH |
3258 | .long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address. |
3259 | Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org} | |
3260 | directive. Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying | |
3261 | @ifclear no-space-dir | |
3262 | @samp{.space 4}. | |
3263 | @end ifclear | |
3264 | @ifset no-space-dir | |
3265 | @ifset A29K | |
3266 | @samp{.block 4}. | |
3267 | @end ifset | |
3268 | @end ifset | |
3269 | ||
3270 | @node Symbol Attributes | |
3271 | @section Symbol Attributes | |
3272 | ||
3273 | @cindex symbol attributes | |
3274 | @cindex attributes, symbol | |
3275 | Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and | |
3276 | ``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary | |
3277 | attributes. | |
3278 | @ifset INTERNALS | |
3279 | The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}. | |
3280 | @end ifset | |
3281 | ||
a4fb0134 | 3282 | If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for |
252b5132 RH |
3283 | all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the |
3284 | symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you | |
3285 | would want. | |
3286 | ||
3287 | @menu | |
3288 | * Symbol Value:: Value | |
3289 | * Symbol Type:: Type | |
3290 | @ifset aout-bout | |
3291 | @ifset GENERIC | |
3292 | * a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out} | |
3293 | @end ifset | |
3294 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
3295 | @ifclear BOUT | |
3296 | * a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out} | |
3297 | @end ifclear | |
3298 | @ifset BOUT | |
3299 | * a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out} | |
3300 | @end ifset | |
3301 | @end ifclear | |
3302 | @end ifset | |
3303 | @ifset COFF | |
3304 | * COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF | |
3305 | @end ifset | |
3306 | @ifset SOM | |
3307 | * SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM | |
3308 | @end ifset | |
3309 | @end menu | |
3310 | ||
3311 | @node Symbol Value | |
3312 | @subsection Value | |
3313 | ||
3314 | @cindex value of a symbol | |
3315 | @cindex symbol value | |
3316 | The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a | |
3317 | location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the | |
3318 | number of addresses from the start of that section to the label. | |
3319 | Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes | |
3320 | as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute | |
3321 | symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are | |
3322 | called absolute. | |
3323 | ||
3324 | The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is | |
3325 | 0 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and | |
3326 | @code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the | |
3327 | same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol | |
3328 | name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm} | |
3329 | common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in | |
3330 | bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the | |
3331 | allocated storage. | |
3332 | ||
3333 | @node Symbol Type | |
3334 | @subsection Type | |
3335 | ||
3336 | @cindex type of a symbol | |
3337 | @cindex symbol type | |
3338 | The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section) | |
3339 | information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and | |
3340 | (optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact | |
3341 | format depends on the object-code output format in use. | |
3342 | ||
3343 | @ifset aout-bout | |
3344 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
3345 | @ifset BOUT | |
3346 | @c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be | |
3347 | @c better if it were available outside examples. | |
3348 | @need 1000 | |
3349 | @node a.out Symbols | |
3350 | @subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out} | |
3351 | ||
3352 | @cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes | |
3353 | @cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out} | |
a4fb0134 | 3354 | These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for |
252b5132 RH |
3355 | one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or |
3356 | @code{b.out}. | |
3357 | ||
3358 | @end ifset | |
3359 | @ifclear BOUT | |
3360 | @node a.out Symbols | |
3361 | @subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out} | |
3362 | ||
3363 | @cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes | |
3364 | @cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out} | |
3365 | ||
3366 | @end ifclear | |
3367 | @end ifclear | |
3368 | @ifset GENERIC | |
3369 | @node a.out Symbols | |
3370 | @subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out} | |
3371 | ||
3372 | @cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes | |
3373 | @cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out} | |
3374 | ||
3375 | @end ifset | |
3376 | @menu | |
3377 | * Symbol Desc:: Descriptor | |
3378 | * Symbol Other:: Other | |
3379 | @end menu | |
3380 | ||
3381 | @node Symbol Desc | |
3382 | @subsubsection Descriptor | |
3383 | ||
3384 | @cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol | |
3385 | This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's | |
3386 | descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement | |
3387 | (@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to | |
a4fb0134 | 3388 | @command{@value{AS}}. |
252b5132 RH |
3389 | |
3390 | @node Symbol Other | |
3391 | @subsubsection Other | |
3392 | ||
3393 | @cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol | |
a4fb0134 | 3394 | This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}. |
252b5132 RH |
3395 | @end ifset |
3396 | ||
3397 | @ifset COFF | |
3398 | @node COFF Symbols | |
3399 | @subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF | |
3400 | ||
3401 | @cindex COFF symbol attributes | |
3402 | @cindex symbol attributes, COFF | |
3403 | ||
3404 | The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes; | |
3405 | like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and | |
3406 | @code{.endef} directives. | |
3407 | ||
3408 | @subsubsection Primary Attributes | |
3409 | ||
3410 | @cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols | |
3411 | The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type, | |
3412 | respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}. | |
3413 | ||
3414 | @subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes | |
3415 | ||
3416 | @cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols | |
a4fb0134 | 3417 | The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl}, |
252b5132 RH |
3418 | @code{.size}, and @code{.tag} can generate auxiliary symbol table |
3419 | information for COFF. | |
3420 | @end ifset | |
3421 | ||
3422 | @ifset SOM | |
3423 | @node SOM Symbols | |
3424 | @subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM | |
3425 | ||
3426 | @cindex SOM symbol attributes | |
3427 | @cindex symbol attributes, SOM | |
3428 | ||
3429 | The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with | |
3430 | the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives. | |
3431 | ||
3432 | The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly | |
3433 | Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and | |
3434 | @code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation. | |
3435 | @end ifset | |
3436 | ||
3437 | @node Expressions | |
3438 | @chapter Expressions | |
3439 | ||
3440 | @cindex expressions | |
3441 | @cindex addresses | |
3442 | @cindex numeric values | |
3443 | An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value. | |
3444 | Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression. | |
3445 | ||
3446 | The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into | |
3447 | a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not | |
a4fb0134 | 3448 | enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its |
252b5132 RH |
3449 | section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret |
3450 | the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented. | |
a4fb0134 | 3451 | @command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation. |
252b5132 RH |
3452 | |
3453 | @menu | |
3454 | * Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions | |
3455 | * Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions | |
3456 | @end menu | |
3457 | ||
3458 | @node Empty Exprs | |
3459 | @section Empty Expressions | |
3460 | ||
3461 | @cindex empty expressions | |
3462 | @cindex expressions, empty | |
3463 | An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null. | |
3464 | Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the | |
a4fb0134 | 3465 | expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This |
252b5132 RH |
3466 | is compatible with other assemblers. |
3467 | ||
3468 | @node Integer Exprs | |
3469 | @section Integer Expressions | |
3470 | ||
3471 | @cindex integer expressions | |
3472 | @cindex expressions, integer | |
3473 | An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited | |
3474 | by @emph{operators}. | |
3475 | ||
3476 | @menu | |
3477 | * Arguments:: Arguments | |
3478 | * Operators:: Operators | |
3479 | * Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators | |
3480 | * Infix Ops:: Infix Operators | |
3481 | @end menu | |
3482 | ||
3483 | @node Arguments | |
3484 | @subsection Arguments | |
3485 | ||
3486 | @cindex expression arguments | |
3487 | @cindex arguments in expressions | |
3488 | @cindex operands in expressions | |
3489 | @cindex arithmetic operands | |
3490 | @dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other | |
3491 | contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In | |
3492 | this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of | |
3493 | the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of | |
3494 | expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine | |
3495 | instruction operands. | |
3496 | ||
3497 | Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where | |
3498 | @var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute, | |
3499 | or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit | |
3500 | integer. | |
3501 | ||
3502 | Numbers are usually integers. | |
3503 | ||
3504 | A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned | |
a4fb0134 | 3505 | that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends |
252b5132 RH |
3506 | these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating |
3507 | instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other | |
3508 | assemblers. | |
3509 | ||
3510 | @cindex subexpressions | |
3511 | Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer | |
3512 | expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix | |
3513 | operator followed by an argument. | |
3514 | ||
3515 | @node Operators | |
3516 | @subsection Operators | |
3517 | ||
3518 | @cindex operators, in expressions | |
3519 | @cindex arithmetic functions | |
3520 | @cindex functions, in expressions | |
3521 | @dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix | |
3522 | operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear | |
3523 | between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by | |
3524 | whitespace. | |
3525 | ||
3526 | @node Prefix Ops | |
3527 | @subsection Prefix Operator | |
3528 | ||
3529 | @cindex prefix operators | |
a4fb0134 | 3530 | @command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take |
252b5132 RH |
3531 | one argument, which must be absolute. |
3532 | ||
3533 | @c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make | |
3534 | @c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next | |
3535 | @c section (which is inside an enumerate). | |
3536 | @tex | |
3537 | \global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent | |
3538 | @end tex | |
3539 | ||
3540 | @table @code | |
3541 | @item - | |
3542 | @dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation. | |
3543 | @item ~ | |
3544 | @dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not. | |
3545 | @end table | |
3546 | ||
3547 | @tex | |
3548 | \global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent | |
3549 | @end tex | |
3550 | ||
3551 | @node Infix Ops | |
3552 | @subsection Infix Operators | |
3553 | ||
3554 | @cindex infix operators | |
3555 | @cindex operators, permitted arguments | |
3556 | @dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators | |
3557 | have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left | |
a4fb0134 | 3558 | to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be |
252b5132 RH |
3559 | absolute, and the result is absolute. |
3560 | ||
3561 | @enumerate | |
3562 | @cindex operator precedence | |
3563 | @cindex precedence of operators | |
3564 | ||
3565 | @item | |
3566 | Highest Precedence | |
3567 | ||
3568 | @table @code | |
3569 | @item * | |
3570 | @dfn{Multiplication}. | |
3571 | ||
3572 | @item / | |
3573 | @dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/} | |
3574 | ||
3575 | @item % | |
3576 | @dfn{Remainder}. | |
3577 | ||
3578 | @item < | |
3579 | @itemx << | |
3580 | @dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}. | |
3581 | ||
3582 | @item > | |
3583 | @itemx >> | |
3584 | @dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}. | |
3585 | @end table | |
3586 | ||
3587 | @item | |
3588 | Intermediate precedence | |
3589 | ||
3590 | @table @code | |
3591 | @item | | |
3592 | ||
3593 | @dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}. | |
3594 | ||
3595 | @item & | |
3596 | @dfn{Bitwise And}. | |
3597 | ||
3598 | @item ^ | |
3599 | @dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}. | |
3600 | ||
3601 | @item ! | |
3602 | @dfn{Bitwise Or Not}. | |
3603 | @end table | |
3604 | ||
3605 | @item | |
b131d4dc | 3606 | Low Precedence |
252b5132 RH |
3607 | |
3608 | @table @code | |
3609 | @cindex addition, permitted arguments | |
3610 | @cindex plus, permitted arguments | |
3611 | @cindex arguments for addition | |
3612 | @item + | |
3613 | @dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of | |
3614 | the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different | |
3615 | sections. | |
3616 | ||
3617 | @cindex subtraction, permitted arguments | |
3618 | @cindex minus, permitted arguments | |
3619 | @cindex arguments for subtraction | |
3620 | @item - | |
3621 | @dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the | |
3622 | result has the section of the left argument. | |
3623 | If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute. | |
3624 | You may not subtract arguments from different sections. | |
3625 | @c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ? | |
b131d4dc NC |
3626 | |
3627 | @cindex comparison expressions | |
3628 | @cindex expressions, comparison | |
3629 | @item == | |
3630 | @dfn{Is Equal To} | |
3631 | @item <> | |
3632 | @dfn{Is Not Equal To} | |
3633 | @item < | |
3634 | @dfn{Is Less Than} | |
3635 | @itemx > | |
3636 | @dfn{Is Greater Than} | |
3637 | @itemx >= | |
3638 | @dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To} | |
3639 | @itemx <= | |
3640 | @dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To} | |
3641 | ||
3642 | The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a | |
3643 | value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators | |
3644 | perform signed comparisons. | |
3645 | @end table | |
3646 | ||
3647 | @item Lowest Precedence | |
3648 | ||
3649 | @table @code | |
3650 | @item && | |
3651 | @dfn{Logical And}. | |
3652 | ||
3653 | @item || | |
3654 | @dfn{Logical Or}. | |
3655 | ||
3656 | These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub | |
3657 | expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a | |
3658 | value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical | |
3659 | or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and. | |
3660 | ||
252b5132 RH |
3661 | @end table |
3662 | @end enumerate | |
3663 | ||
3664 | In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an | |
3665 | address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments. | |
3666 | ||
3667 | @node Pseudo Ops | |
3668 | @chapter Assembler Directives | |
3669 | ||
3670 | @cindex directives, machine independent | |
3671 | @cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent | |
3672 | @cindex machine independent directives | |
3673 | All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}). | |
3674 | The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case. | |
3675 | ||
3676 | This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the | |
3677 | target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler. | |
3678 | @ifset GENERIC | |
3679 | Some machine configurations provide additional directives. | |
3680 | @xref{Machine Dependencies}. | |
3681 | @end ifset | |
3682 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
3683 | @ifset machine-directives | |
3684 | @xref{Machine Dependencies} for additional directives. | |
3685 | @end ifset | |
3686 | @end ifclear | |
3687 | ||
3688 | @menu | |
3689 | * Abort:: @code{.abort} | |
3690 | @ifset COFF | |
3691 | * ABORT:: @code{.ABORT} | |
3692 | @end ifset | |
f0dc282c | 3693 | |
252b5132 RH |
3694 | * Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}} |
3695 | * Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{} | |
3696 | * Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{} | |
3697 | * Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}} | |
3698 | * Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}} | |
3699 | * Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} } | |
54cfded0 | 3700 | |
cdfbf930 | 3701 | * CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc. |
54cfded0 | 3702 | |
252b5132 RH |
3703 | * Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}} |
3704 | @ifset COFF | |
3705 | * Def:: @code{.def @var{name}} | |
3706 | @end ifset | |
3707 | @ifset aout-bout | |
3708 | * Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}} | |
3709 | @end ifset | |
3710 | @ifset COFF | |
3711 | * Dim:: @code{.dim} | |
3712 | @end ifset | |
f0dc282c | 3713 | |
252b5132 RH |
3714 | * Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}} |
3715 | * Eject:: @code{.eject} | |
3716 | * Else:: @code{.else} | |
3fd9f047 | 3717 | * Elseif:: @code{.elseif} |
252b5132 RH |
3718 | * End:: @code{.end} |
3719 | @ifset COFF | |
3720 | * Endef:: @code{.endef} | |
3721 | @end ifset | |
f0dc282c | 3722 | |
252b5132 RH |
3723 | * Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc} |
3724 | * Endif:: @code{.endif} | |
3725 | * Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
3726 | * Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
3727 | * Err:: @code{.err} | |
3728 | * Exitm:: @code{.exitm} | |
3729 | * Extern:: @code{.extern} | |
3730 | * Fail:: @code{.fail} | |
3731 | @ifclear no-file-dir | |
3732 | * File:: @code{.file @var{string}} | |
3733 | @end ifclear | |
f0dc282c | 3734 | |
252b5132 RH |
3735 | * Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}} |
3736 | * Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}} | |
3737 | * Func:: @code{.func} | |
3738 | * Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}} | |
c91d2e08 NC |
3739 | @ifset ELF |
3740 | * Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}} | |
3741 | @end ifset | |
f0dc282c | 3742 | |
252b5132 RH |
3743 | * hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}} |
3744 | * Ident:: @code{.ident} | |
3745 | * If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}} | |
7e005732 | 3746 | * Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]} |
252b5132 RH |
3747 | * Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"} |
3748 | * Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}} | |
c91d2e08 NC |
3749 | @ifset ELF |
3750 | * Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}} | |
3751 | @end ifset | |
f0dc282c | 3752 | |
252b5132 RH |
3753 | * Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{} |
3754 | * Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{} | |
3755 | * Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}} | |
3756 | * Lflags:: @code{.lflags} | |
3757 | @ifclear no-line-dir | |
3758 | * Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}} | |
3759 | @end ifclear | |
f0dc282c | 3760 | |
252b5132 RH |
3761 | * Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}} |
3762 | * Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]} | |
3763 | * List:: @code{.list} | |
3764 | * Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}} | |
3765 | @ignore | |
3766 | * Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
3767 | @end ignore | |
f0dc282c | 3768 | |
252b5132 RH |
3769 | * Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{} |
3770 | * MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}} | |
252b5132 RH |
3771 | * Nolist:: @code{.nolist} |
3772 | * Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}} | |
3773 | * Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}} | |
3774 | * P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}} | |
c91d2e08 NC |
3775 | @ifset ELF |
3776 | * PopSection:: @code{.popsection} | |
3777 | * Previous:: @code{.previous} | |
3778 | @end ifset | |
f0dc282c | 3779 | |
252b5132 | 3780 | * Print:: @code{.print @var{string}} |
c91d2e08 NC |
3781 | @ifset ELF |
3782 | * Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}} | |
3783 | @end ifset | |
f0dc282c | 3784 | |
252b5132 RH |
3785 | * Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}} |
3786 | * Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}} | |
c91d2e08 NC |
3787 | @ifset ELF |
3788 | * PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}} | |
3789 | @end ifset | |
f0dc282c | 3790 | |
252b5132 RH |
3791 | * Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}} |
3792 | * Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}} | |
3793 | * Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"} | |
3794 | @ifset COFF | |
3795 | * Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}} | |
c1253627 NC |
3796 | @end ifset |
3797 | @ifset COFF-ELF | |
3798 | * Section:: @code{.section @var{name}} | |
252b5132 | 3799 | @end ifset |
f0dc282c | 3800 | |
252b5132 RH |
3801 | * Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} |
3802 | * Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}} | |
3803 | * Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}} | |
c1253627 | 3804 | @ifset COFF-ELF |
c91d2e08 | 3805 | * Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]} |
c1253627 NC |
3806 | @end ifset |
3807 | ||
252b5132 RH |
3808 | * Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}} |
3809 | * Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}} | |
3810 | * Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}} | |
3811 | @ifset have-stabs | |
3812 | * Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs} | |
3813 | @end ifset | |
f0dc282c | 3814 | |
252b5132 RH |
3815 | * String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"} |
3816 | * Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}} | |
3817 | @ifset ELF | |
c91d2e08 | 3818 | * SubSection:: @code{.subsection} |
252b5132 RH |
3819 | * Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}} |
3820 | @end ifset | |
f0dc282c | 3821 | |
252b5132 RH |
3822 | @ifset COFF |
3823 | * Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}} | |
3824 | @end ifset | |
f0dc282c | 3825 | |
252b5132 RH |
3826 | * Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}} |
3827 | * Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"} | |
c1253627 | 3828 | @ifset COFF-ELF |
c91d2e08 | 3829 | * Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>} |
c1253627 NC |
3830 | @end ifset |
3831 | ||
c91d2e08 | 3832 | * Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}} |
252b5132 | 3833 | @ifset COFF |
252b5132 RH |
3834 | * Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}} |
3835 | @end ifset | |
f0dc282c | 3836 | |
2e13b764 | 3837 | @ifset ELF |
c91d2e08 | 3838 | * Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"} |
c91d2e08 NC |
3839 | * VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}} |
3840 | * VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}} | |
c91d2e08 | 3841 | * Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}} |
2e13b764 | 3842 | @end ifset |
f0dc282c | 3843 | |
252b5132 RH |
3844 | * Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}} |
3845 | * Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives | |
3846 | @end menu | |
3847 | ||
3848 | @node Abort | |
3849 | @section @code{.abort} | |
3850 | ||
3851 | @cindex @code{abort} directive | |
3852 | @cindex stopping the assembly | |
3853 | This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for | |
3854 | compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the | |
3855 | assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender | |
a4fb0134 | 3856 | of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to |
252b5132 RH |
3857 | quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported. |
3858 | ||
3859 | @ifset COFF | |
3860 | @node ABORT | |
3861 | @section @code{.ABORT} | |
3862 | ||
3863 | @cindex @code{ABORT} directive | |
a4fb0134 | 3864 | When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a |
252b5132 RH |
3865 | synonym for @samp{.abort}. |
3866 | ||
3867 | @ifset BOUT | |
a4fb0134 | 3868 | When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, |
252b5132 RH |
3869 | but ignores it. |
3870 | @end ifset | |
3871 | @end ifset | |
3872 | ||
3873 | @node Align | |
3874 | @section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}} | |
3875 | ||
3876 | @cindex padding the location counter | |
3877 | @cindex @code{align} directive | |
3878 | Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage | |
3879 | boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment | |
3880 | required, as described below. | |
3881 | ||
3882 | The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the | |
3883 | padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the | |
3884 | padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is | |
3885 | marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled | |
3886 | with no-op instructions. | |
3887 | ||
3888 | The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present, | |
3889 | it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment | |
3890 | directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the | |
3891 | specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the | |
3892 | fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the | |
3893 | required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled | |
3894 | with no-op instructions when appropriate. | |
3895 | ||
3896 | The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system. | |
ef230218 JR |
3897 | For the a29k, hppa, m68k, m88k, w65, sparc, Xtensa, and Renesas / SuperH SH, |
3898 | and i386 using ELF format, | |
252b5132 RH |
3899 | the first expression is the |
3900 | alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances | |
3901 | the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter | |
3902 | is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. | |
3903 | ||
adcf07e6 NC |
3904 | For other systems, including the i386 using a.out format, and the arm and |
3905 | strongarm, it is the | |
252b5132 RH |
3906 | number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after |
3907 | advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location | |
3908 | counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a | |
3909 | multiple of 8, no change is needed. | |
3910 | ||
3911 | This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various | |
3912 | native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate. | |
3913 | GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives, | |
3914 | described later, which have a consistent behavior across all | |
3915 | architectures (but are specific to GAS). | |
3916 | ||
3917 | @node Ascii | |
3918 | @section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{} | |
3919 | ||
3920 | @cindex @code{ascii} directive | |
3921 | @cindex string literals | |
3922 | @code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings}) | |
3923 | separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic | |
3924 | trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses. | |
3925 | ||
3926 | @node Asciz | |
3927 | @section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{} | |
3928 | ||
3929 | @cindex @code{asciz} directive | |
3930 | @cindex zero-terminated strings | |
3931 | @cindex null-terminated strings | |
3932 | @code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by | |
3933 | a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''. | |
3934 | ||
3935 | @node Balign | |
3936 | @section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}} | |
3937 | ||
3938 | @cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes | |
3939 | @cindex @code{balign} directive | |
3940 | Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular | |
3941 | storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the | |
3942 | alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances | |
3943 | the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter | |
3944 | is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. | |
3945 | ||
3946 | The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the | |
3947 | padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the | |
3948 | padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is | |
3949 | marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled | |
3950 | with no-op instructions. | |
3951 | ||
3952 | The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present, | |
3953 | it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment | |
3954 | directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the | |
3955 | specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the | |
3956 | fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the | |
3957 | required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled | |
3958 | with no-op instructions when appropriate. | |
3959 | ||
3960 | @cindex @code{balignw} directive | |
3961 | @cindex @code{balignl} directive | |
3962 | The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the | |
3963 | @code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill | |
3964 | pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the | |
3965 | fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw | |
3966 | 4,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be | |
3967 | filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon | |
3968 | the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is | |
3969 | undefined. | |
3970 | ||
3971 | @node Byte | |
3972 | @section @code{.byte @var{expressions}} | |
3973 | ||
3974 | @cindex @code{byte} directive | |
3975 | @cindex integers, one byte | |
3976 | @code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. | |
3977 | Each expression is assembled into the next byte. | |
3978 | ||
d88ef7a6 TT |
3979 | @node Comm |
3980 | @section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} } | |
3981 | ||
3982 | @cindex @code{comm} directive | |
3983 | @cindex symbol, common | |
3984 | @code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a | |
3985 | common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol | |
3986 | of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a | |
3987 | definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will | |
3988 | allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an | |
3989 | absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with | |
3990 | the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space | |
3991 | using the largest size. | |
3992 | ||
3993 | @ifset ELF | |
3994 | When using ELF, the @code{.comm} directive takes an optional third argument. | |
3995 | This is the desired alignment of the symbol, specified as a byte boundary (for | |
3996 | example, an alignment of 16 means that the least significant 4 bits of the | |
3997 | address should be zero). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it | |
3998 | must be a power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory | |
3999 | for the common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If | |
4000 | no alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the | |
4001 | largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a | |
4002 | maximum of 16. | |
4003 | @end ifset | |
4004 | ||
4005 | @ifset HPPA | |
4006 | The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is | |
4007 | @samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional. | |
4008 | @end ifset | |
4009 | ||
54cfded0 AM |
4010 | @node CFI directives |
4011 | @section @code{.cfi_startproc} | |
4012 | @cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive | |
4013 | @code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that | |
4014 | should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal | |
4015 | data structures and emits architecture dependent initial CFI instructions. | |
4016 | Don't forget to close the function by | |
4017 | @code{.cfi_endproc}. | |
4018 | ||
4019 | @section @code{.cfi_endproc} | |
4020 | @cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive | |
4021 | @code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its | |
4022 | unwind entry previously opened by | |
4023 | @code{.cfi_startproc}. and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}. | |
4024 | ||
4025 | @section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}} | |
4026 | @code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take | |
4027 | address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}. | |
4028 | ||
4029 | @section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}} | |
4030 | @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From | |
4031 | now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset | |
4032 | remains the same. | |
4033 | ||
4034 | @section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}} | |
4035 | @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register | |
4036 | remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the | |
4037 | absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute | |
4038 | CFA address. | |
4039 | ||
4040 | @section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}} | |
4041 | Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative | |
4042 | value that is added/substracted from the previous offset. | |
4043 | ||
4044 | @section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}} | |
4045 | Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from | |
4046 | CFA. | |
4047 | ||
17076204 RH |
4048 | @section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}} |
4049 | Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from | |
4050 | the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset} | |
4051 | using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA. | |
4052 | This is often easier to use, because the number will match the | |
4053 | code it's annotating. | |
54cfded0 | 4054 | |
6749011b | 4055 | @section @code{.cfi_window_save} |
364b6d8b JJ |
4056 | SPARC register window has been saved. |
4057 | ||
cdfbf930 RH |
4058 | @section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}] |
4059 | Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One | |
4060 | might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI | |
4061 | opcodes that GAS does not yet support. | |
252b5132 | 4062 | |
252b5132 RH |
4063 | @node Data |
4064 | @section @code{.data @var{subsection}} | |
4065 | ||
4066 | @cindex @code{data} directive | |
a4fb0134 | 4067 | @code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the |
252b5132 RH |
4068 | end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an |
4069 | absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults | |
4070 | to zero. | |
4071 | ||
4072 | @ifset COFF | |
4073 | @node Def | |
4074 | @section @code{.def @var{name}} | |
4075 | ||
4076 | @cindex @code{def} directive | |
4077 | @cindex COFF symbols, debugging | |
4078 | @cindex debugging COFF symbols | |
4079 | Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the | |
4080 | definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered. | |
4081 | @ifset BOUT | |
4082 | ||
a4fb0134 | 4083 | This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF |
252b5132 RH |
4084 | format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized, |
4085 | but ignored. | |
4086 | @end ifset | |
4087 | @end ifset | |
4088 | ||
4089 | @ifset aout-bout | |
4090 | @node Desc | |
4091 | @section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}} | |
4092 | ||
4093 | @cindex @code{desc} directive | |
4094 | @cindex COFF symbol descriptor | |
4095 | @cindex symbol descriptor, COFF | |
4096 | This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}) | |
4097 | to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression. | |
4098 | ||
4099 | @ifset COFF | |
a4fb0134 | 4100 | The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is |
252b5132 | 4101 | configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out} |
a4fb0134 | 4102 | object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts |
252b5132 RH |
4103 | it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF. |
4104 | @end ifset | |
4105 | @end ifset | |
4106 | ||
4107 | @ifset COFF | |
4108 | @node Dim | |
4109 | @section @code{.dim} | |
4110 | ||
4111 | @cindex @code{dim} directive | |
4112 | @cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information | |
4113 | @cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF | |
4114 | This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging | |
4115 | information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside | |
4116 | @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. | |
4117 | @ifset BOUT | |
4118 | ||
4119 | @samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when | |
a4fb0134 | 4120 | @command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but |
252b5132 RH |
4121 | ignores it. |
4122 | @end ifset | |
4123 | @end ifset | |
4124 | ||
4125 | @node Double | |
4126 | @section @code{.double @var{flonums}} | |
4127 | ||
4128 | @cindex @code{double} directive | |
4129 | @cindex floating point numbers (double) | |
4130 | @code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It | |
4131 | assembles floating point numbers. | |
4132 | @ifset GENERIC | |
4133 | The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how | |
a4fb0134 | 4134 | @command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}. |
252b5132 RH |
4135 | @end ifset |
4136 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
4137 | @ifset IEEEFLOAT | |
4138 | On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers | |
4139 | in @sc{ieee} format. | |
4140 | @end ifset | |
4141 | @end ifclear | |
4142 | ||
4143 | @node Eject | |
4144 | @section @code{.eject} | |
4145 | ||
4146 | @cindex @code{eject} directive | |
4147 | @cindex new page, in listings | |
4148 | @cindex page, in listings | |
4149 | @cindex listing control: new page | |
4150 | Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings. | |
4151 | ||
4152 | @node Else | |
4153 | @section @code{.else} | |
4154 | ||
4155 | @cindex @code{else} directive | |
a4fb0134 | 4156 | @code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional |
252b5132 RH |
4157 | assembly; @pxref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section |
4158 | of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if} | |
4159 | was false. | |
4160 | ||
3fd9f047 TW |
4161 | @node Elseif |
4162 | @section @code{.elseif} | |
4163 | ||
4164 | @cindex @code{elseif} directive | |
a4fb0134 | 4165 | @code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional |
3fd9f047 TW |
4166 | assembly; @pxref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new |
4167 | @code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section. | |
4168 | ||
252b5132 RH |
4169 | @node End |
4170 | @section @code{.end} | |
4171 | ||
4172 | @cindex @code{end} directive | |
a4fb0134 | 4173 | @code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not |
252b5132 RH |
4174 | process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive. |
4175 | ||
4176 | @ifset COFF | |
4177 | @node Endef | |
4178 | @section @code{.endef} | |
4179 | ||
4180 | @cindex @code{endef} directive | |
4181 | This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with | |
4182 | @code{.def}. | |
4183 | @ifset BOUT | |
4184 | ||
4185 | @samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if | |
a4fb0134 | 4186 | @command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this |
252b5132 RH |
4187 | directive but ignores it. |
4188 | @end ifset | |
4189 | @end ifset | |
4190 | ||
4191 | @node Endfunc | |
4192 | @section @code{.endfunc} | |
4193 | @cindex @code{endfunc} directive | |
4194 | @code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}. | |
4195 | ||
4196 | @node Endif | |
4197 | @section @code{.endif} | |
4198 | ||
4199 | @cindex @code{endif} directive | |
a4fb0134 | 4200 | @code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly; |
252b5132 RH |
4201 | it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled |
4202 | conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}. | |
4203 | ||
4204 | @node Equ | |
4205 | @section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
4206 | ||
4207 | @cindex @code{equ} directive | |
4208 | @cindex assigning values to symbols | |
4209 | @cindex symbols, assigning values to | |
4210 | This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. | |
4211 | It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; @pxref{Set,,@code{.set}}. | |
4212 | ||
4213 | @ifset HPPA | |
4214 | The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is | |
4215 | @samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}. | |
4216 | @end ifset | |
4217 | ||
4218 | @node Equiv | |
4219 | @section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
4220 | @cindex @code{equiv} directive | |
4221 | The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that | |
8dfa0188 NC |
4222 | the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a |
4223 | symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be | |
4224 | undefined. | |
252b5132 RH |
4225 | |
4226 | Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to | |
4227 | @smallexample | |
4228 | .ifdef SYM | |
4229 | .err | |
4230 | .endif | |
4231 | .equ SYM,VAL | |
4232 | @end smallexample | |
4233 | ||
4234 | @node Err | |
4235 | @section @code{.err} | |
4236 | @cindex @code{err} directive | |
a4fb0134 SC |
4237 | If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error |
4238 | message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an | |
252b5132 RH |
4239 | object file. This can be used to signal error an conditionally compiled code. |
4240 | ||
4241 | @node Exitm | |
4242 | @section @code{.exitm} | |
4243 | Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}. | |
4244 | ||
4245 | @node Extern | |
4246 | @section @code{.extern} | |
4247 | ||
4248 | @cindex @code{extern} directive | |
4249 | @code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility | |
a4fb0134 | 4250 | with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats |
252b5132 RH |
4251 | all undefined symbols as external. |
4252 | ||
4253 | @node Fail | |
4254 | @section @code{.fail @var{expression}} | |
4255 | ||
4256 | @cindex @code{fail} directive | |
4257 | Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500 | |
a4fb0134 SC |
4258 | or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less |
4259 | than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will | |
252b5132 RH |
4260 | include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside |
4261 | complex nested macros or conditional assembly. | |
4262 | ||
4263 | @ifclear no-file-dir | |
4264 | @node File | |
4265 | @section @code{.file @var{string}} | |
4266 | ||
4267 | @cindex @code{file} directive | |
4268 | @cindex logical file name | |
4269 | @cindex file name, logical | |
a4fb0134 | 4270 | @code{.file} tells @command{@value{AS}} that we are about to start a new logical |
252b5132 RH |
4271 | file. @var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is |
4272 | recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish | |
4273 | to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This | |
4274 | statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with | |
a4fb0134 | 4275 | old @command{@value{AS}} programs. |
252b5132 | 4276 | @ifset A29K |
a4fb0134 | 4277 | In some configurations of @command{@value{AS}}, @code{.file} has already been |
252b5132 RH |
4278 | removed to avoid conflicts with other assemblers. @xref{Machine Dependencies}. |
4279 | @end ifset | |
4280 | @end ifclear | |
4281 | ||
4282 | @node Fill | |
4283 | @section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}} | |
4284 | ||
4285 | @cindex @code{fill} directive | |
4286 | @cindex writing patterns in memory | |
4287 | @cindex patterns, writing in memory | |
bc64be0c | 4288 | @var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions. |
252b5132 RH |
4289 | This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat} |
4290 | may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is | |
4291 | more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with | |
4292 | other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes | |
4293 | is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are | |
4294 | zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the | |
a4fb0134 | 4295 | byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for. |
252b5132 RH |
4296 | Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order |
4297 | @var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is | |
4298 | compatible with other people's assemblers. | |
4299 | ||
4300 | @var{size} and @var{value} are optional. | |
4301 | If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is | |
4302 | assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent, | |
4303 | @var{size} is assumed to be 1. | |
4304 | ||
4305 | @node Float | |
4306 | @section @code{.float @var{flonums}} | |
4307 | ||
4308 | @cindex floating point numbers (single) | |
4309 | @cindex @code{float} directive | |
4310 | This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It | |
4311 | has the same effect as @code{.single}. | |
4312 | @ifset GENERIC | |
4313 | The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how | |
a4fb0134 | 4314 | @command{@value{AS}} is configured. |
252b5132 RH |
4315 | @xref{Machine Dependencies}. |
4316 | @end ifset | |
4317 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
4318 | @ifset IEEEFLOAT | |
4319 | On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers | |
4320 | in @sc{ieee} format. | |
4321 | @end ifset | |
4322 | @end ifclear | |
4323 | ||
4324 | @node Func | |
4325 | @section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]} | |
4326 | @cindex @code{func} directive | |
4327 | @code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and | |
4328 | is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled. | |
4329 | Only @samp{--gstabs} is currently supported. | |
4330 | @var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name} | |
4331 | prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used. | |
4332 | @samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target. | |
4333 | All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type. | |
4334 | The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}. | |
4335 | ||
4336 | @node Global | |
4337 | @section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}} | |
4338 | ||
4339 | @cindex @code{global} directive | |
4340 | @cindex symbol, making visible to linker | |
4341 | @code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define | |
4342 | @var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to | |
4343 | other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise, | |
4344 | @var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name | |
4345 | from another file linked into the same program. | |
4346 | ||
4347 | Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for | |
4348 | compatibility with other assemblers. | |
4349 | ||
4350 | @ifset HPPA | |
4351 | On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other | |
4352 | partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well. | |
4353 | @xref{HPPA Directives,, HPPA Assembler Directives}. | |
4354 | @end ifset | |
4355 | ||
c91d2e08 NC |
4356 | @ifset ELF |
4357 | @node Hidden | |
4358 | @section @code{.hidden @var{names}} | |
4359 | ||
c1253627 NC |
4360 | @cindex @code{hidden} directive |
4361 | @cindex visibility | |
c91d2e08 | 4362 | This one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are |
a349d9dd PB |
4363 | @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and |
4364 | @code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}). | |
c91d2e08 NC |
4365 | |
4366 | This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by | |
4367 | their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to | |
4368 | @code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components. | |
4369 | Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well. | |
4370 | @end ifset | |
4371 | ||
252b5132 RH |
4372 | @node hword |
4373 | @section @code{.hword @var{expressions}} | |
4374 | ||
4375 | @cindex @code{hword} directive | |
4376 | @cindex integers, 16-bit | |
4377 | @cindex numbers, 16-bit | |
4378 | @cindex sixteen bit integers | |
4379 | This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits | |
4380 | a 16 bit number for each. | |
4381 | ||
4382 | @ifset GENERIC | |
4383 | This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target | |
4384 | architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}. | |
4385 | @end ifset | |
4386 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
4387 | @ifset W32 | |
4388 | This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}. | |
4389 | @end ifset | |
4390 | @ifset W16 | |
4391 | This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}. | |
4392 | @end ifset | |
4393 | @end ifclear | |
4394 | ||
4395 | @node Ident | |
4396 | @section @code{.ident} | |
4397 | ||
4398 | @cindex @code{ident} directive | |
4399 | This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. | |
a4fb0134 | 4400 | @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for source-file |
252b5132 RH |
4401 | compatibility with such assemblers, but does not actually emit anything |
4402 | for it. | |
4403 | ||
4404 | @node If | |
4405 | @section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}} | |
4406 | ||
4407 | @cindex conditional assembly | |
4408 | @cindex @code{if} directive | |
4409 | @code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only | |
4410 | considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument | |
4411 | (which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of | |
4412 | the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif} | |
4413 | (@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the | |
4414 | alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}). | |
3fd9f047 TW |
4415 | If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid |
4416 | nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block. | |
252b5132 RH |
4417 | |
4418 | The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported: | |
4419 | @table @code | |
4420 | @cindex @code{ifdef} directive | |
4421 | @item .ifdef @var{symbol} | |
4422 | Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol} | |
8dfa0188 NC |
4423 | has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined |
4424 | is considered to be undefined. | |
252b5132 RH |
4425 | |
4426 | @cindex @code{ifc} directive | |
4427 | @item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2} | |
4428 | Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The | |
4429 | strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted, | |
4430 | the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the | |
4431 | end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The | |
4432 | string comparison is case sensitive. | |
4433 | ||
4434 | @cindex @code{ifeq} directive | |
4435 | @item .ifeq @var{absolute expression} | |
4436 | Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero. | |
4437 | ||
4438 | @cindex @code{ifeqs} directive | |
4439 | @item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2} | |
4440 | Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes. | |
4441 | ||
4442 | @cindex @code{ifge} directive | |
4443 | @item .ifge @var{absolute expression} | |
4444 | Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or | |
4445 | equal to zero. | |
4446 | ||
4447 | @cindex @code{ifgt} directive | |
4448 | @item .ifgt @var{absolute expression} | |
4449 | Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero. | |
4450 | ||
4451 | @cindex @code{ifle} directive | |
4452 | @item .ifle @var{absolute expression} | |
4453 | Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal | |
4454 | to zero. | |
4455 | ||
4456 | @cindex @code{iflt} directive | |
4457 | @item .iflt @var{absolute expression} | |
4458 | Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero. | |
4459 | ||
4460 | @cindex @code{ifnc} directive | |
4461 | @item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}. | |
4462 | Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the | |
4463 | following section of code if the two strings are not the same. | |
4464 | ||
4465 | @cindex @code{ifndef} directive | |
4466 | @cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive | |
4467 | @item .ifndef @var{symbol} | |
4468 | @itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol} | |
4469 | Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol} | |
8dfa0188 NC |
4470 | has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol |
4471 | which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined. | |
252b5132 RH |
4472 | |
4473 | @cindex @code{ifne} directive | |
4474 | @item .ifne @var{absolute expression} | |
4475 | Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero | |
4476 | (in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}). | |
4477 | ||
4478 | @cindex @code{ifnes} directive | |
4479 | @item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2} | |
4480 | Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the | |
4481 | following section of code if the two strings are not the same. | |
4482 | @end table | |
4483 | ||
7e005732 NC |
4484 | @node Incbin |
4485 | @section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]} | |
4486 | ||
4487 | @cindex @code{incbin} directive | |
4488 | @cindex binary files, including | |
4489 | The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current | |
4490 | location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line | |
4491 | option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required | |
4492 | around @var{file}. | |
4493 | ||
4494 | The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the | |
4495 | @var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to | |
15dcfbc3 NC |
4496 | read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's |
4497 | responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and | |
4498 | after the @code{incbin} directive. | |
7e005732 | 4499 | |
252b5132 RH |
4500 | @node Include |
4501 | @section @code{.include "@var{file}"} | |
4502 | ||
4503 | @cindex @code{include} directive | |
4504 | @cindex supporting files, including | |
4505 | @cindex files, including | |
4506 | This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified | |
4507 | points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as | |
4508 | if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the | |
4509 | included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You | |
4510 | can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option | |
4511 | (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required | |
4512 | around @var{file}. | |
4513 | ||
4514 | @node Int | |
4515 | @section @code{.int @var{expressions}} | |
4516 | ||
4517 | @cindex @code{int} directive | |
4518 | @cindex integers, 32-bit | |
4519 | Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas. | |
4520 | For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that | |
4521 | expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind | |
4522 | of target the assembly is for. | |
4523 | ||
4524 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
4525 | @ifset H8 | |
4526 | On the H8/500 and most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit | |
c2dcd04e | 4527 | integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits |
252b5132 RH |
4528 | 32-bit integers. |
4529 | @end ifset | |
4530 | @end ifclear | |
4531 | ||
c91d2e08 NC |
4532 | @ifset ELF |
4533 | @node Internal | |
4534 | @section @code{.internal @var{names}} | |
4535 | ||
c1253627 NC |
4536 | @cindex @code{internal} directive |
4537 | @cindex visibility | |
c91d2e08 | 4538 | This one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are |
a349d9dd PB |
4539 | @code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and |
4540 | @code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}). | |
c91d2e08 NC |
4541 | |
4542 | This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by | |
4543 | their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to | |
4544 | @code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden} | |
c1253627 | 4545 | (i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific |
c91d2e08 NC |
4546 | processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well. |
4547 | @end ifset | |
4548 | ||
252b5132 RH |
4549 | @node Irp |
4550 | @section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{} | |
4551 | ||
4552 | @cindex @code{irp} directive | |
4553 | Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}. | |
4554 | The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is | |
4555 | terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is | |
4556 | set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no | |
4557 | @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with | |
4558 | @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the | |
4559 | sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}. | |
4560 | ||
4561 | For example, assembling | |
4562 | ||
4563 | @example | |
4564 | .irp param,1,2,3 | |
4565 | move d\param,sp@@- | |
4566 | .endr | |
4567 | @end example | |
4568 | ||
4569 | is equivalent to assembling | |
4570 | ||
4571 | @example | |
4572 | move d1,sp@@- | |
4573 | move d2,sp@@- | |
4574 | move d3,sp@@- | |
4575 | @end example | |
4576 | ||
4577 | @node Irpc | |
4578 | @section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{} | |
4579 | ||
4580 | @cindex @code{irpc} directive | |
4581 | Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}. | |
4582 | The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is | |
4583 | terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value}, | |
4584 | @var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is | |
4585 | assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is | |
4586 | assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to | |
4587 | @var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}. | |
4588 | ||
4589 | For example, assembling | |
4590 | ||
4591 | @example | |
4592 | .irpc param,123 | |
4593 | move d\param,sp@@- | |
4594 | .endr | |
4595 | @end example | |
4596 | ||
4597 | is equivalent to assembling | |
4598 | ||
4599 | @example | |
4600 | move d1,sp@@- | |
4601 | move d2,sp@@- | |
4602 | move d3,sp@@- | |
4603 | @end example | |
4604 | ||
4605 | @node Lcomm | |
4606 | @section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}} | |
4607 | ||
4608 | @cindex @code{lcomm} directive | |
4609 | @cindex local common symbols | |
4610 | @cindex symbols, local common | |
4611 | Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common | |
4612 | denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are | |
4613 | those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss | |
4614 | section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol} | |
4615 | is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally | |
4616 | not visible to @code{@value{LD}}. | |
4617 | ||
4618 | @ifset GENERIC | |
4619 | Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This | |
4620 | argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section. | |
4621 | @end ifset | |
4622 | ||
4623 | @ifset HPPA | |
4624 | The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is | |
4625 | @samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional. | |
4626 | @end ifset | |
4627 | ||
4628 | @node Lflags | |
4629 | @section @code{.lflags} | |
4630 | ||
4631 | @cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored) | |
a4fb0134 | 4632 | @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other |
252b5132 RH |
4633 | assemblers, but ignores it. |
4634 | ||
4635 | @ifclear no-line-dir | |
4636 | @node Line | |
4637 | @section @code{.line @var{line-number}} | |
4638 | ||
4639 | @cindex @code{line} directive | |
4640 | @end ifclear | |
4641 | @ifset no-line-dir | |
4642 | @node Ln | |
4643 | @section @code{.ln @var{line-number}} | |
4644 | ||
4645 | @cindex @code{ln} directive | |
4646 | @end ifset | |
4647 | @cindex logical line number | |
4648 | @ifset aout-bout | |
4649 | Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute | |
4650 | expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other | |
4651 | statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are | |
4652 | reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day | |
a4fb0134 | 4653 | @command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only |
252b5132 RH |
4654 | for compatibility with existing assembler programs. |
4655 | ||
4656 | @ifset GENERIC | |
4657 | @ifset A29K | |
4658 | @emph{Warning:} In the AMD29K configuration of @value{AS}, this command is | |
4659 | not available; use the synonym @code{.ln} in that context. | |
4660 | @end ifset | |
4661 | @end ifset | |
4662 | @end ifset | |
4663 | ||
4664 | @ifclear no-line-dir | |
4665 | Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or | |
a4fb0134 | 4666 | @code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it |
252b5132 RH |
4667 | when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it |
4668 | were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a | |
4669 | @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. | |
4670 | ||
4671 | Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives | |
4672 | used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for | |
4673 | debugging. | |
4674 | @end ifclear | |
4675 | ||
4676 | @node Linkonce | |
4677 | @section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]} | |
4678 | @cindex COMDAT | |
4679 | @cindex @code{linkonce} directive | |
4680 | @cindex common sections | |
4681 | Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it. | |
4682 | This may be used to include the same section in several different object files, | |
4683 | but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file. | |
4684 | The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section. | |
4685 | Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be | |
4686 | unique. | |
4687 | ||
4688 | This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this | |
4689 | writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable | |
4690 | Executable format used on Windows NT. | |
4691 | ||
4692 | The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the | |
4693 | following strings. For example: | |
4694 | @smallexample | |
4695 | .linkonce same_size | |
4696 | @end smallexample | |
4697 | Not all types may be supported on all object file formats. | |
4698 | ||
4699 | @table @code | |
4700 | @item discard | |
4701 | Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default. | |
4702 | ||
4703 | @item one_only | |
4704 | Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy. | |
4705 | ||
4706 | @item same_size | |
4707 | Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes. | |
4708 | ||
4709 | @item same_contents | |
4710 | Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents. | |
4711 | @end table | |
4712 | ||
4713 | @node Ln | |
4714 | @section @code{.ln @var{line-number}} | |
4715 | ||
4716 | @cindex @code{ln} directive | |
4717 | @ifclear no-line-dir | |
4718 | @samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}. | |
4719 | @end ifclear | |
4720 | @ifset no-line-dir | |
a4fb0134 | 4721 | Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number} |
252b5132 RH |
4722 | must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical |
4723 | line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a | |
4724 | statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical | |
4725 | line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. | |
4726 | @ifset BOUT | |
4727 | ||
a4fb0134 | 4728 | This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is |
252b5132 RH |
4729 | configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF |
4730 | output format. | |
4731 | @end ifset | |
4732 | @end ifset | |
4733 | ||
4734 | @node MRI | |
4735 | @section @code{.mri @var{val}} | |
4736 | ||
4737 | @cindex @code{mri} directive | |
4738 | @cindex MRI mode, temporarily | |
a4fb0134 SC |
4739 | If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If |
4740 | @var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change | |
252b5132 RH |
4741 | affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end |
4742 | of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}. | |
4743 | ||
4744 | @node List | |
4745 | @section @code{.list} | |
4746 | ||
4747 | @cindex @code{list} directive | |
4748 | @cindex listing control, turning on | |
4749 | Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or | |
4750 | not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an | |
4751 | internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the | |
4752 | counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are | |
4753 | generated whenever the counter is greater than zero. | |
4754 | ||
4755 | By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the | |
4756 | @samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}), | |
4757 | the initial value of the listing counter is one. | |
4758 | ||
4759 | @node Long | |
4760 | @section @code{.long @var{expressions}} | |
4761 | ||
4762 | @cindex @code{long} directive | |
4763 | @code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}, @pxref{Int,,@code{.int}}. | |
4764 | ||
4765 | @ignore | |
4766 | @c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is | |
4767 | @c what it really ought to do | |
4768 | @node Lsym | |
4769 | @section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
4770 | ||
4771 | @cindex @code{lsym} directive | |
4772 | @cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly | |
4773 | @code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in | |
4774 | the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the | |
4775 | rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be | |
4776 | the same as the expression value: | |
4777 | @smallexample | |
4778 | @var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0 | |
4779 | @var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})} | |
4780 | @var{value} = @var{expression} | |
4781 | @end smallexample | |
4782 | @noindent | |
4783 | The new symbol is not flagged as external. | |
4784 | @end ignore | |
4785 | ||
4786 | @node Macro | |
4787 | @section @code{.macro} | |
4788 | ||
4789 | @cindex macros | |
4790 | The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that | |
4791 | generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro | |
4792 | @code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory: | |
4793 | ||
4794 | @example | |
4795 | .macro sum from=0, to=5 | |
4796 | .long \from | |
4797 | .if \to-\from | |
4798 | sum "(\from+1)",\to | |
4799 | .endif | |
4800 | .endm | |
4801 | @end example | |
4802 | ||
4803 | @noindent | |
4804 | With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input: | |
4805 | ||
4806 | @example | |
4807 | .long 0 | |
4808 | .long 1 | |
4809 | .long 2 | |
4810 | .long 3 | |
4811 | .long 4 | |
4812 | .long 5 | |
4813 | @end example | |
4814 | ||
4815 | @ftable @code | |
4816 | @item .macro @var{macname} | |
4817 | @itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{} | |
4818 | @cindex @code{macro} directive | |
4819 | Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro | |
4820 | definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name, | |
4821 | separated by commas or spaces. You can supply a default value for any | |
4822 | macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. For | |
4823 | example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements: | |
4824 | ||
4825 | @table @code | |
4826 | @item .macro comm | |
4827 | Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no | |
4828 | arguments. | |
4829 | ||
4830 | @item .macro plus1 p, p1 | |
4831 | @itemx .macro plus1 p p1 | |
4832 | Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1}, | |
4833 | which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write | |
4834 | @samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments. | |
4835 | ||
4836 | @item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2 | |
4837 | Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two | |
4838 | arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second. | |
4839 | After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as | |
4840 | @samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to | |
4841 | @var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str | |
4842 | ,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case | |
4843 | @samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}). | |
4844 | @end table | |
4845 | ||
4846 | When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by | |
4847 | position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to | |
4848 | @samp{sum to=17, from=9}. | |
4849 | ||
4850 | @item .endm | |
4851 | @cindex @code{endm} directive | |
4852 | Mark the end of a macro definition. | |
4853 | ||
4854 | @item .exitm | |
4855 | @cindex @code{exitm} directive | |
4856 | Exit early from the current macro definition. | |
4857 | ||
4858 | @cindex number of macros executed | |
4859 | @cindex macros, count executed | |
4860 | @item \@@ | |
a4fb0134 | 4861 | @command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has |
252b5132 RH |
4862 | executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your |
4863 | output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}. | |
4864 | ||
4865 | @ignore | |
4866 | @item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ] | |
4867 | @emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate | |
4868 | macro syntax'' with @samp{-a} or @samp{--alternate}.} @xref{Alternate,, | |
4869 | Alternate macro syntax}. | |
4870 | ||
4871 | Generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and | |
4872 | replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The | |
4873 | replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each | |
4874 | separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that | |
4875 | define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions. | |
4876 | @end ignore | |
4877 | @end ftable | |
4878 | ||
4879 | @node Nolist | |
4880 | @section @code{.nolist} | |
4881 | ||
4882 | @cindex @code{nolist} directive | |
4883 | @cindex listing control, turning off | |
4884 | Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or | |
4885 | not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an | |
4886 | internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the | |
4887 | counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are | |
4888 | generated whenever the counter is greater than zero. | |
4889 | ||
4890 | @node Octa | |
4891 | @section @code{.octa @var{bignums}} | |
4892 | ||
4893 | @c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn? | |
4894 | @cindex @code{octa} directive | |
4895 | @cindex integer, 16-byte | |
4896 | @cindex sixteen byte integer | |
4897 | This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each | |
4898 | bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer. | |
4899 | ||
4900 | The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes; | |
4901 | hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes. | |
4902 | ||
4903 | @node Org | |
4904 | @section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}} | |
4905 | ||
4906 | @cindex @code{org} directive | |
4907 | @cindex location counter, advancing | |
4908 | @cindex advancing location counter | |
4909 | @cindex current address, advancing | |
4910 | Advance the location counter of the current section to | |
4911 | @var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an | |
4912 | expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is, | |
4913 | you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the | |
4914 | wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible | |
4915 | with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute, | |
a4fb0134 | 4916 | @command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc} |
252b5132 RH |
4917 | is the same as the current subsection. |
4918 | ||
4919 | @code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it | |
4920 | unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter | |
4921 | backwards. | |
4922 | ||
4923 | @c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific | |
4924 | @c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual) | |
4925 | @c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91 | |
a4fb0134 | 4926 | Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc} |
252b5132 RH |
4927 | may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await |
4928 | a chance to share your improved assembler. | |
4929 | ||
4930 | Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not | |
4931 | to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other | |
4932 | people's assemblers. | |
4933 | ||
4934 | When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the | |
4935 | intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an | |
4936 | absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted, | |
4937 | @var{fill} defaults to zero. | |
4938 | ||
4939 | @node P2align | |
4940 | @section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}} | |
4941 | ||
4942 | @cindex padding the location counter given a power of two | |
4943 | @cindex @code{p2align} directive | |
4944 | Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular | |
4945 | storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the | |
4946 | number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after | |
4947 | advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location | |
4948 | counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a | |
4949 | multiple of 8, no change is needed. | |
4950 | ||
4951 | The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the | |
4952 | padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the | |
4953 | padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is | |
4954 | marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled | |
4955 | with no-op instructions. | |
4956 | ||
4957 | The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present, | |
4958 | it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment | |
4959 | directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the | |
4960 | specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the | |
4961 | fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the | |
4962 | required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled | |
4963 | with no-op instructions when appropriate. | |
4964 | ||
4965 | @cindex @code{p2alignw} directive | |
4966 | @cindex @code{p2alignl} directive | |
4967 | The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the | |
4968 | @code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill | |
4969 | pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the | |
4970 | fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw | |
4971 | 2,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be | |
4972 | filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon | |
4973 | the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is | |
4974 | undefined. | |
4975 | ||
c91d2e08 NC |
4976 | @ifset ELF |
4977 | @node Previous | |
4978 | @section @code{.previous} | |
4979 | ||
c1253627 | 4980 | @cindex @code{previous} directive |
c91d2e08 NC |
4981 | @cindex Section Stack |
4982 | This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are | |
a349d9dd PB |
4983 | @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), |
4984 | @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection} | |
4985 | (@pxref{PopSection}). | |
c91d2e08 NC |
4986 | |
4987 | This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently | |
4988 | referenced section (and subsection) prior to this one. Multiple | |
4989 | @code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their | |
4990 | subsections). | |
4991 | ||
4992 | In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with | |
4993 | the top section on the section stack. | |
4994 | @end ifset | |
4995 | ||
4996 | @ifset ELF | |
4997 | @node PopSection | |
4998 | @section @code{.popsection} | |
4999 | ||
c1253627 | 5000 | @cindex @code{popsection} directive |
c91d2e08 NC |
5001 | @cindex Section Stack |
5002 | This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are | |
a349d9dd PB |
5003 | @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), |
5004 | @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous} | |
5005 | (@pxref{Previous}). | |
c91d2e08 NC |
5006 | |
5007 | This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top | |
5008 | section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the | |
5009 | stack. | |
c91d2e08 NC |
5010 | @end ifset |
5011 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5012 | @node Print |
5013 | @section @code{.print @var{string}} | |
5014 | ||
5015 | @cindex @code{print} directive | |
a4fb0134 | 5016 | @command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during |
252b5132 RH |
5017 | assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes. |
5018 | ||
c91d2e08 NC |
5019 | @ifset ELF |
5020 | @node Protected | |
5021 | @section @code{.protected @var{names}} | |
5022 | ||
c1253627 NC |
5023 | @cindex @code{protected} directive |
5024 | @cindex visibility | |
c91d2e08 | 5025 | This one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are |
a349d9dd | 5026 | @code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}). |
c91d2e08 NC |
5027 | |
5028 | This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by | |
5029 | their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to | |
5030 | @code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the | |
5031 | components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that | |
5032 | component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt | |
5033 | this. | |
5034 | @end ifset | |
5035 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5036 | @node Psize |
5037 | @section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}} | |
5038 | ||
5039 | @cindex @code{psize} directive | |
5040 | @cindex listing control: paper size | |
5041 | @cindex paper size, for listings | |
5042 | Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the | |
5043 | number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings. | |
5044 | ||
5045 | If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count | |
5046 | of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the | |
5047 | default width is 200 columns. | |
5048 | ||
a4fb0134 | 5049 | @command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of |
252b5132 RH |
5050 | lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using |
5051 | @code{.eject}). | |
5052 | ||
5053 | If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save | |
5054 | those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}. | |
5055 | ||
5056 | @node Purgem | |
5057 | @section @code{.purgem @var{name}} | |
5058 | ||
5059 | @cindex @code{purgem} directive | |
5060 | Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be | |
5061 | expanded. @xref{Macro}. | |
5062 | ||
c91d2e08 NC |
5063 | @ifset ELF |
5064 | @node PushSection | |
5065 | @section @code{.pushsection @var{name} , @var{subsection}} | |
5066 | ||
c1253627 | 5067 | @cindex @code{pushsection} directive |
c91d2e08 NC |
5068 | @cindex Section Stack |
5069 | This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are | |
a349d9dd PB |
5070 | @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), |
5071 | @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous} | |
5072 | (@pxref{Previous}). | |
c91d2e08 | 5073 | |
a349d9dd | 5074 | This directive is a synonym for @code{.section}. It pushes the current section |
c91d2e08 NC |
5075 | (and subsection) onto the top of the section stack, and then replaces the |
5076 | current section and subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. | |
c91d2e08 NC |
5077 | @end ifset |
5078 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5079 | @node Quad |
5080 | @section @code{.quad @var{bignums}} | |
5081 | ||
5082 | @cindex @code{quad} directive | |
5083 | @code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For | |
5084 | each bignum, it emits | |
5085 | @ifclear bignum-16 | |
5086 | an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a | |
5087 | warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum. | |
5088 | @cindex eight-byte integer | |
5089 | @cindex integer, 8-byte | |
5090 | ||
5091 | The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes; | |
5092 | hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes. | |
5093 | @end ifclear | |
5094 | @ifset bignum-16 | |
5095 | a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a | |
5096 | warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum. | |
5097 | @cindex sixteen-byte integer | |
5098 | @cindex integer, 16-byte | |
5099 | @end ifset | |
5100 | ||
5101 | @node Rept | |
5102 | @section @code{.rept @var{count}} | |
5103 | ||
5104 | @cindex @code{rept} directive | |
5105 | Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next | |
5106 | @code{.endr} directive @var{count} times. | |
5107 | ||
5108 | For example, assembling | |
5109 | ||
5110 | @example | |
5111 | .rept 3 | |
5112 | .long 0 | |
5113 | .endr | |
5114 | @end example | |
5115 | ||
5116 | is equivalent to assembling | |
5117 | ||
5118 | @example | |
5119 | .long 0 | |
5120 | .long 0 | |
5121 | .long 0 | |
5122 | @end example | |
5123 | ||
5124 | @node Sbttl | |
5125 | @section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"} | |
5126 | ||
5127 | @cindex @code{sbttl} directive | |
5128 | @cindex subtitles for listings | |
5129 | @cindex listing control: subtitle | |
5130 | Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the | |
5131 | title line) when generating assembly listings. | |
5132 | ||
5133 | This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if | |
5134 | it appears within ten lines of the top of a page. | |
5135 | ||
5136 | @ifset COFF | |
5137 | @node Scl | |
5138 | @section @code{.scl @var{class}} | |
5139 | ||
5140 | @cindex @code{scl} directive | |
5141 | @cindex symbol storage class (COFF) | |
5142 | @cindex COFF symbol storage class | |
5143 | Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be | |
5144 | used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag | |
5145 | whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further | |
5146 | symbolic debugging information. | |
5147 | @ifset BOUT | |
5148 | ||
5149 | The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when | |
a4fb0134 | 5150 | configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}} |
252b5132 RH |
5151 | accepts this directive but ignores it. |
5152 | @end ifset | |
5153 | @end ifset | |
5154 | ||
c1253627 | 5155 | @ifset COFF-ELF |
252b5132 | 5156 | @node Section |
c1253627 | 5157 | @section @code{.section @var{name}} |
252b5132 | 5158 | |
252b5132 RH |
5159 | @cindex named section |
5160 | Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section | |
5161 | named @var{name}. | |
5162 | ||
5163 | This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily | |
5164 | named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even | |
5165 | with a standard @code{a.out} section name. | |
5166 | ||
c1253627 NC |
5167 | @ifset COFF |
5168 | @ifset ELF | |
5169 | @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set | |
5170 | @subheading COFF Version | |
5171 | @end ifset | |
5172 | ||
5173 | @cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version) | |
252b5132 RH |
5174 | For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following |
5175 | ways: | |
c91d2e08 | 5176 | |
252b5132 RH |
5177 | @smallexample |
5178 | .section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"] | |
5179 | .section @var{name}[, @var{subsegment}] | |
5180 | @end smallexample | |
5181 | ||
5182 | If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the | |
5183 | section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized: | |
5184 | @table @code | |
5185 | @item b | |
5186 | bss section (uninitialized data) | |
5187 | @item n | |
5188 | section is not loaded | |
5189 | @item w | |
5190 | writable section | |
5191 | @item d | |
5192 | data section | |
5193 | @item r | |
5194 | read-only section | |
5195 | @item x | |
5196 | executable section | |
2dcc60be ILT |
5197 | @item s |
5198 | shared section (meaningful for PE targets) | |
6ff96af6 NC |
5199 | @item a |
5200 | ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version) | |
252b5132 RH |
5201 | @end table |
5202 | ||
5203 | If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If | |
5204 | the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be | |
7e84d676 NC |
5205 | loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes |
5206 | from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it | |
5207 | will be as if no flags had been specified at all. | |
252b5132 RH |
5208 | |
5209 | If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is | |
5210 | taken as a subsegment number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}). | |
c1253627 | 5211 | @end ifset |
252b5132 RH |
5212 | |
5213 | @ifset ELF | |
c1253627 NC |
5214 | @ifset COFF |
5215 | @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set | |
5216 | @subheading ELF Version | |
5217 | @end ifset | |
5218 | ||
c91d2e08 NC |
5219 | @cindex Section Stack |
5220 | This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are | |
a349d9dd PB |
5221 | @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection} |
5222 | (@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and | |
5223 | @code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}). | |
c91d2e08 | 5224 | |
c1253627 | 5225 | @cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version) |
252b5132 | 5226 | For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this: |
c91d2e08 | 5227 | |
252b5132 | 5228 | @smallexample |
ec38dd05 | 5229 | .section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[, @@@var{entsize}]]] |
252b5132 | 5230 | @end smallexample |
c91d2e08 | 5231 | |
252b5132 | 5232 | The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any |
a349d9dd | 5233 | combination of the following characters: |
252b5132 RH |
5234 | @table @code |
5235 | @item a | |
5236 | section is allocatable | |
5237 | @item w | |
5238 | section is writable | |
5239 | @item x | |
5240 | section is executable | |
ec38dd05 JJ |
5241 | @item M |
5242 | section is mergeable | |
5243 | @item S | |
5244 | section contains zero terminated strings | |
252b5132 RH |
5245 | @end table |
5246 | ||
5247 | The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants: | |
5248 | @table @code | |
5249 | @item @@progbits | |
5250 | section contains data | |
5251 | @item @@nobits | |
5252 | section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space) | |
5253 | @end table | |
5254 | ||
ececec60 NC |
5255 | Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg |
5256 | ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the | |
5257 | @code{%} character. | |
5258 | ||
ec38dd05 JJ |
5259 | If @var{flags} contains @code{M} flag, @var{type} argument must be specified |
5260 | as well as @var{entsize} argument. Sections with @code{M} flag but not | |
5261 | @code{S} flag must contain fixed size constants, each @var{entsize} octets | |
5262 | long. Sections with both @code{M} and @code{S} must contain zero terminated | |
5263 | strings where each character is @var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove | |
5264 | duplicates within sections with the same name, same entity size and same flags. | |
5265 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5266 | If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If |
5267 | the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have | |
5268 | none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor | |
5269 | executable. The section will contain data. | |
5270 | ||
5271 | For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section} | |
5272 | directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler: | |
c91d2e08 | 5273 | |
252b5132 RH |
5274 | @smallexample |
5275 | .section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...] | |
5276 | @end smallexample | |
c91d2e08 | 5277 | |
252b5132 RH |
5278 | Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma |
5279 | separated flags: | |
5280 | @table @code | |
5281 | @item #alloc | |
5282 | section is allocatable | |
5283 | @item #write | |
5284 | section is writable | |
5285 | @item #execinstr | |
5286 | section is executable | |
5287 | @end table | |
c91d2e08 NC |
5288 | |
5289 | This directive replaces the current section and subsection. The replaced | |
5290 | section and subsection are pushed onto the section stack. See the contents of | |
5291 | the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for some examples of | |
5292 | how this directive and the other section stack directives work. | |
c1253627 NC |
5293 | @end ifset |
5294 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
5295 | |
5296 | @node Set | |
5297 | @section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
5298 | ||
5299 | @cindex @code{set} directive | |
5300 | @cindex symbol value, setting | |
5301 | Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This | |
5302 | changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to | |
5303 | @var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains | |
5304 | flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}). | |
5305 | ||
5306 | You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly. | |
5307 | ||
5308 | If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object | |
5309 | file is the last value stored into it. | |
5310 | ||
5311 | @ifset HPPA | |
5312 | The syntax for @code{set} on the HPPA is | |
5313 | @samp{@var{symbol} .set @var{expression}}. | |
5314 | @end ifset | |
5315 | ||
5316 | @node Short | |
5317 | @section @code{.short @var{expressions}} | |
5318 | ||
5319 | @cindex @code{short} directive | |
5320 | @ifset GENERIC | |
5321 | @code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}. | |
5322 | @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}. | |
5323 | ||
5324 | In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate | |
5325 | numbers of different lengths; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}. | |
5326 | @end ifset | |
5327 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
5328 | @ifset W16 | |
5329 | @code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}. | |
5330 | @end ifset | |
5331 | @ifset W32 | |
5332 | This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits | |
5333 | a 16 bit number for each. | |
5334 | @end ifset | |
5335 | @end ifclear | |
5336 | ||
5337 | @node Single | |
5338 | @section @code{.single @var{flonums}} | |
5339 | ||
5340 | @cindex @code{single} directive | |
5341 | @cindex floating point numbers (single) | |
5342 | This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It | |
5343 | has the same effect as @code{.float}. | |
5344 | @ifset GENERIC | |
5345 | The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how | |
a4fb0134 | 5346 | @command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}. |
252b5132 RH |
5347 | @end ifset |
5348 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
5349 | @ifset IEEEFLOAT | |
5350 | On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point | |
5351 | numbers in @sc{ieee} format. | |
5352 | @end ifset | |
5353 | @end ifclear | |
5354 | ||
c1253627 | 5355 | @ifset COFF-ELF |
252b5132 | 5356 | @node Size |
c1253627 | 5357 | @section @code{.size} |
c91d2e08 | 5358 | |
c1253627 NC |
5359 | This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol. |
5360 | ||
5361 | @ifset COFF | |
5362 | @ifset ELF | |
5363 | @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set | |
5364 | @subheading COFF Version | |
5365 | @end ifset | |
5366 | ||
5367 | @cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version) | |
5368 | For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside | |
5369 | @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this: | |
5370 | ||
5371 | @smallexample | |
5372 | .size @var{expression} | |
5373 | @end smallexample | |
252b5132 | 5374 | |
c91d2e08 | 5375 | @ifset BOUT |
252b5132 | 5376 | @samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when |
a4fb0134 | 5377 | @command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but |
252b5132 RH |
5378 | ignores it. |
5379 | @end ifset | |
c1253627 | 5380 | @end ifset |
c91d2e08 | 5381 | |
c1253627 NC |
5382 | @ifset ELF |
5383 | @ifset COFF | |
5384 | @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set | |
5385 | @subheading ELF Version | |
5386 | @end ifset | |
5387 | ||
5388 | @cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version) | |
5389 | For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this: | |
c91d2e08 | 5390 | |
c1253627 NC |
5391 | @smallexample |
5392 | .size @var{name} , @var{expression} | |
5393 | @end smallexample | |
5394 | ||
5395 | This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}. | |
c91d2e08 NC |
5396 | The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label |
5397 | arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function | |
5398 | symbols. | |
c1253627 NC |
5399 | @end ifset |
5400 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
5401 | |
5402 | @node Sleb128 | |
5403 | @section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}} | |
5404 | ||
5405 | @cindex @code{sleb128} directive | |
5406 | @var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a | |
5407 | compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF | |
5408 | symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128,@code{.uleb128}}. | |
5409 | ||
5410 | @ifclear no-space-dir | |
5411 | @node Skip | |
5412 | @section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}} | |
5413 | ||
5414 | @cindex @code{skip} directive | |
5415 | @cindex filling memory | |
5416 | This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both | |
5417 | @var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and | |
5418 | @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as | |
5419 | @samp{.space}. | |
5420 | ||
5421 | @node Space | |
5422 | @section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}} | |
5423 | ||
5424 | @cindex @code{space} directive | |
5425 | @cindex filling memory | |
5426 | This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both | |
5427 | @var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma | |
5428 | and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same | |
5429 | as @samp{.skip}. | |
5430 | ||
5431 | @ifset HPPA | |
5432 | @quotation | |
5433 | @emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA | |
5434 | targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800 | |
5435 | Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the | |
5436 | @code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives}, | |
5437 | for a summary. | |
5438 | @end quotation | |
5439 | @end ifset | |
5440 | @end ifclear | |
5441 | ||
5442 | @ifset A29K | |
5443 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
5444 | @node Space | |
5445 | @section @code{.space} | |
5446 | @cindex @code{space} directive | |
5447 | @end ifclear | |
5448 | On the AMD 29K, this directive is ignored; it is accepted for | |
5449 | compatibility with other AMD 29K assemblers. | |
5450 | ||
5451 | @quotation | |
5452 | @emph{Warning:} In most versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler, the directive | |
5453 | @code{.space} has the effect of @code{.block} @xref{Machine Dependencies}. | |
5454 | @end quotation | |
5455 | @end ifset | |
5456 | ||
5457 | @ifset have-stabs | |
5458 | @node Stab | |
5459 | @section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs} | |
5460 | ||
5461 | @cindex symbolic debuggers, information for | |
5462 | @cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives | |
5463 | There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}. | |
5464 | All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers. | |
a4fb0134 | 5465 | The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they |
252b5132 RH |
5466 | cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file. |
5467 | Up to five fields are required: | |
5468 | ||
5469 | @table @var | |
5470 | @item string | |
5471 | This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except | |
5472 | @samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some | |
5473 | debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names | |
5474 | using this field. | |
5475 | ||
5476 | @item type | |
5477 | An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of | |
5478 | this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}} | |
5479 | and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns. | |
5480 | ||
5481 | @item other | |
5482 | An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the | |
5483 | low 8 bits of this expression. | |
5484 | ||
5485 | @item desc | |
5486 | An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16 | |
5487 | bits of this expression. | |
5488 | ||
5489 | @item value | |
5490 | An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value. | |
5491 | @end table | |
5492 | ||
5493 | If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn}, | |
5494 | or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created; | |
5495 | you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is | |
5496 | compatible with earlier assemblers! | |
5497 | ||
5498 | @table @code | |
5499 | @cindex @code{stabd} directive | |
5500 | @item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} | |
5501 | ||
5502 | The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string. | |
5503 | It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a | |
5504 | null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty | |
5505 | strings. | |
5506 | ||
5507 | The symbol's value is set to the location counter, | |
5508 | relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol | |
5509 | is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was | |
5510 | assembled. | |
5511 | ||
5512 | @cindex @code{stabn} directive | |
5513 | @item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value} | |
5514 | The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}. | |
5515 | ||
5516 | @cindex @code{stabs} directive | |
5517 | @item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value} | |
5518 | All five fields are specified. | |
5519 | @end table | |
5520 | @end ifset | |
5521 | @c end have-stabs | |
5522 | ||
5523 | @node String | |
5524 | @section @code{.string} "@var{str}" | |
5525 | ||
5526 | @cindex string, copying to object file | |
5527 | @cindex @code{string} directive | |
5528 | ||
5529 | Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than | |
5530 | one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a | |
5531 | particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte. | |
5532 | You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}. | |
5533 | ||
5534 | @node Struct | |
5535 | @section @code{.struct @var{expression}} | |
5536 | ||
5537 | @cindex @code{struct} directive | |
5538 | Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression}, | |
5539 | which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows: | |
5540 | @smallexample | |
5541 | .struct 0 | |
5542 | field1: | |
5543 | .struct field1 + 4 | |
5544 | field2: | |
5545 | .struct field2 + 4 | |
5546 | field3: | |
5547 | @end smallexample | |
5548 | This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol | |
5549 | @code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the | |
5550 | value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to | |
5551 | use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section | |
5552 | before further assembly. | |
5553 | ||
c91d2e08 NC |
5554 | @ifset ELF |
5555 | @node SubSection | |
5556 | @section @code{.subsection @var{name}} | |
5557 | ||
c1253627 | 5558 | @cindex @code{subsection} directive |
c91d2e08 NC |
5559 | @cindex Section Stack |
5560 | This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are | |
a349d9dd PB |
5561 | @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), |
5562 | @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous} | |
5563 | (@pxref{Previous}). | |
c91d2e08 NC |
5564 | |
5565 | This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current | |
5566 | section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack | |
5567 | in place of the then current top of stack subsection. | |
c91d2e08 NC |
5568 | @end ifset |
5569 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5570 | @ifset ELF |
5571 | @node Symver | |
5572 | @section @code{.symver} | |
5573 | @cindex @code{symver} directive | |
5574 | @cindex symbol versioning | |
5575 | @cindex versions of symbols | |
5576 | Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes | |
5577 | within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is | |
5578 | typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library. | |
5579 | There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound | |
5580 | into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a | |
5581 | shared library. | |
5582 | ||
79082ff0 | 5583 | For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this: |
252b5132 RH |
5584 | @smallexample |
5585 | .symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename} | |
5586 | @end smallexample | |
339681c0 | 5587 | If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file |
79082ff0 | 5588 | being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol |
252b5132 RH |
5589 | alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we |
5590 | just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't | |
5591 | permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name | |
5592 | of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name} | |
5593 | itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to | |
5594 | have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source | |
5595 | file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a | |
5596 | function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be | |
5597 | the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when | |
5598 | building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned | |
5599 | symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the | |
5600 | nodename of the symbol you are trying to override. | |
339681c0 L |
5601 | |
5602 | If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all | |
5603 | references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no | |
5604 | reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the | |
5605 | symbol table. | |
79082ff0 L |
5606 | |
5607 | Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is: | |
5608 | @smallexample | |
5609 | .symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename} | |
5610 | @end smallexample | |
5611 | In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within | |
a349d9dd | 5612 | the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The |
79082ff0 L |
5613 | difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve |
5614 | references to @var{name2} by the linker. | |
5615 | ||
5616 | The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is: | |
5617 | @smallexample | |
5618 | .symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename} | |
5619 | @end smallexample | |
5620 | When @var{name} is not defined within the | |
5621 | file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When | |
5622 | @var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol | |
5623 | name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}. | |
252b5132 RH |
5624 | @end ifset |
5625 | ||
5626 | @ifset COFF | |
5627 | @node Tag | |
5628 | @section @code{.tag @var{structname}} | |
5629 | ||
5630 | @cindex COFF structure debugging | |
5631 | @cindex structure debugging, COFF | |
5632 | @cindex @code{tag} directive | |
5633 | This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging | |
5634 | information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside | |
5635 | @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure | |
5636 | definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures. | |
5637 | @ifset BOUT | |
5638 | ||
5639 | @samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when | |
a4fb0134 | 5640 | @command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but |
252b5132 RH |
5641 | ignores it. |
5642 | @end ifset | |
5643 | @end ifset | |
5644 | ||
5645 | @node Text | |
5646 | @section @code{.text @var{subsection}} | |
5647 | ||
5648 | @cindex @code{text} directive | |
a4fb0134 | 5649 | Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of |
252b5132 RH |
5650 | the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute |
5651 | expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero | |
5652 | is used. | |
5653 | ||
5654 | @node Title | |
5655 | @section @code{.title "@var{heading}"} | |
5656 | ||
5657 | @cindex @code{title} directive | |
5658 | @cindex listing control: title line | |
5659 | Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the | |
5660 | source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings. | |
5661 | ||
5662 | This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if | |
5663 | it appears within ten lines of the top of a page. | |
5664 | ||
c1253627 | 5665 | @ifset COFF-ELF |
252b5132 | 5666 | @node Type |
c1253627 NC |
5667 | @section @code{.type} |
5668 | ||
5669 | This directive is used to set the type of a symbol. | |
5670 | ||
5671 | @ifset COFF | |
5672 | @ifset ELF | |
5673 | @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set | |
5674 | @subheading COFF Version | |
5675 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
5676 | |
5677 | @cindex COFF symbol type | |
5678 | @cindex symbol type, COFF | |
c1253627 NC |
5679 | @cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version) |
5680 | For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within | |
5681 | @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this: | |
5682 | ||
5683 | @smallexample | |
5684 | .type @var{int} | |
5685 | @end smallexample | |
5686 | ||
5687 | This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table | |
5688 | entry. | |
252b5132 | 5689 | |
c91d2e08 | 5690 | @ifset BOUT |
252b5132 | 5691 | @samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when |
a4fb0134 | 5692 | @command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this |
252b5132 RH |
5693 | directive but ignores it. |
5694 | @end ifset | |
c1253627 | 5695 | @end ifset |
c91d2e08 | 5696 | |
c1253627 NC |
5697 | @ifset ELF |
5698 | @ifset COFF | |
5699 | @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set | |
5700 | @subheading ELF Version | |
5701 | @end ifset | |
c91d2e08 NC |
5702 | |
5703 | @cindex ELF symbol type | |
5704 | @cindex symbol type, ELF | |
c1253627 NC |
5705 | @cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version) |
5706 | For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this: | |
5707 | ||
5708 | @smallexample | |
5709 | .type @var{name} , @var{type description} | |
5710 | @end smallexample | |
5711 | ||
5712 | This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a | |
a349d9dd | 5713 | function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes |
c91d2e08 | 5714 | supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide |
a349d9dd | 5715 | compatibility with various other assemblers. The syntaxes supported are: |
c91d2e08 NC |
5716 | |
5717 | @smallexample | |
5718 | .type <name>,#function | |
5719 | .type <name>,#object | |
5720 | ||
5721 | .type <name>,@@function | |
5722 | .type <name>,@@object | |
5723 | ||
5724 | .type <name>,%function | |
5725 | .type <name>,%object | |
5726 | ||
5727 | .type <name>,"function" | |
5728 | .type <name>,"object" | |
5729 | ||
5730 | .type <name> STT_FUNCTION | |
5731 | .type <name> STT_OBJECT | |
5732 | @end smallexample | |
c1253627 NC |
5733 | @end ifset |
5734 | @end ifset | |
c91d2e08 NC |
5735 | |
5736 | @node Uleb128 | |
5737 | @section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}} | |
5738 | ||
5739 | @cindex @code{uleb128} directive | |
5740 | @var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a | |
5741 | compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF | |
5742 | symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128,@code{.sleb128}}. | |
252b5132 RH |
5743 | |
5744 | @ifset COFF | |
5745 | @node Val | |
5746 | @section @code{.val @var{addr}} | |
5747 | ||
5748 | @cindex @code{val} directive | |
5749 | @cindex COFF value attribute | |
5750 | @cindex value attribute, COFF | |
5751 | This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs, | |
5752 | records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table | |
5753 | entry. | |
5754 | @ifset BOUT | |
5755 | ||
a4fb0134 | 5756 | @samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is |
252b5132 RH |
5757 | configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it. |
5758 | @end ifset | |
5759 | @end ifset | |
5760 | ||
2e13b764 | 5761 | @ifset ELF |
c91d2e08 NC |
5762 | @node Version |
5763 | @section @code{.version "@var{string}"} | |
2e13b764 | 5764 | |
c1253627 | 5765 | @cindex @code{version} directive |
c91d2e08 NC |
5766 | This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF |
5767 | formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}. | |
9a297610 | 5768 | @end ifset |
2e13b764 | 5769 | |
c91d2e08 NC |
5770 | @ifset ELF |
5771 | @node VTableEntry | |
5772 | @section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}} | |
2e13b764 | 5773 | |
c1253627 | 5774 | @cindex @code{vtable_entry} |
c91d2e08 NC |
5775 | This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a |
5776 | @code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}. | |
2e13b764 | 5777 | |
c91d2e08 NC |
5778 | @node VTableInherit |
5779 | @section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}} | |
2e13b764 | 5780 | |
c1253627 | 5781 | @cindex @code{vtable_inherit} |
c91d2e08 NC |
5782 | This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol |
5783 | @code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the | |
a349d9dd | 5784 | parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the |
c91d2e08 NC |
5785 | parent name of @code{0} is treated as refering the @code{*ABS*} section. |
5786 | @end ifset | |
2e13b764 | 5787 | |
c91d2e08 NC |
5788 | @ifset ELF |
5789 | @node Weak | |
5790 | @section @code{.weak @var{names}} | |
2e13b764 | 5791 | |
c1253627 | 5792 | @cindex @code{weak} directive |
a349d9dd | 5793 | This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol |
c91d2e08 | 5794 | @code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created. |
2e13b764 NC |
5795 | @end ifset |
5796 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5797 | @node Word |
5798 | @section @code{.word @var{expressions}} | |
5799 | ||
5800 | @cindex @code{word} directive | |
5801 | This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, | |
5802 | separated by commas. | |
5803 | @ifclear GENERIC | |
5804 | @ifset W32 | |
a4fb0134 | 5805 | For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number. |
252b5132 RH |
5806 | @end ifset |
5807 | @ifset W16 | |
a4fb0134 | 5808 | For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number. |
252b5132 RH |
5809 | @end ifset |
5810 | @end ifclear | |
5811 | @ifset GENERIC | |
5812 | ||
5813 | The size of the number emitted, and its byte order, | |
5814 | depend on what target computer the assembly is for. | |
5815 | @end ifset | |
5816 | ||
5817 | @c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't | |
5818 | @c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps. | |
5819 | @ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
5820 | @cindex difference tables altered | |
5821 | @cindex altered difference tables | |
5822 | @quotation | |
5823 | @emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers} | |
5824 | @end quotation | |
5825 | ||
5826 | @ifset GENERIC | |
5827 | Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit | |
5828 | addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of | |
5829 | interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it; | |
5830 | @pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue. | |
5831 | ||
5832 | @end ifset | |
5833 | In order to assemble compiler output into something that works, | |
a4fb0134 | 5834 | @command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives. |
252b5132 | 5835 | Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by |
a4fb0134 | 5836 | compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a |
252b5132 | 5837 | directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between |
a4fb0134 | 5838 | @code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}} |
252b5132 RH |
5839 | creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label. |
5840 | This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the | |
5841 | first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow | |
5842 | of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the | |
5843 | table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word} | |
5844 | contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to | |
5845 | @code{sym2}. | |
5846 | ||
5847 | If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the | |
5848 | secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a | |
5849 | @samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a | |
5850 | long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table, | |
5851 | and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3} | |
5852 | minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many | |
5853 | entries in the original jump table as necessary. | |
5854 | ||
5855 | @ifset INTERNALS | |
a4fb0134 | 5856 | @emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the |
252b5132 RH |
5857 | @samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse |
5858 | assembly language programmers. | |
5859 | @end ifset | |
5860 | @end ifset | |
5861 | @c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
5862 | ||
5863 | @node Deprecated | |
5864 | @section Deprecated Directives | |
5865 | ||
5866 | @cindex deprecated directives | |
5867 | @cindex obsolescent directives | |
5868 | One day these directives won't work. | |
5869 | They are included for compatibility with older assemblers. | |
5870 | @table @t | |
5871 | @item .abort | |
5872 | @item .line | |
5873 | @end table | |
5874 | ||
5875 | @ifset GENERIC | |
5876 | @node Machine Dependencies | |
5877 | @chapter Machine Dependent Features | |
5878 | ||
5879 | @cindex machine dependencies | |
5880 | The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on | |
a4fb0134 SC |
5881 | each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations |
5882 | vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional | |
252b5132 RH |
5883 | directives or command-line options for compatibility with other |
5884 | assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of | |
a4fb0134 | 5885 | @command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch |
252b5132 RH |
5886 | optimization. |
5887 | ||
5888 | This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not | |
5889 | include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that | |
5890 | subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual. | |
5891 | ||
5892 | @menu | |
5893 | @ifset A29K | |
5894 | * AMD29K-Dependent:: AMD 29K Dependent Features | |
5895 | @end ifset | |
625e1353 RH |
5896 | @ifset ALPHA |
5897 | * Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features | |
5898 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
5899 | @ifset ARC |
5900 | * ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features | |
5901 | @end ifset | |
5902 | @ifset ARM | |
5903 | * ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features | |
5904 | @end ifset | |
8bf549a8 | 5905 | @ifset CRIS |
328eb32e HPN |
5906 | * CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features |
5907 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
5908 | @ifset D10V |
5909 | * D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features | |
5910 | @end ifset | |
5911 | @ifset D30V | |
5912 | * D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features | |
5913 | @end ifset | |
5914 | @ifset H8/300 | |
c2dcd04e | 5915 | * H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features |
252b5132 RH |
5916 | @end ifset |
5917 | @ifset H8/500 | |
c2dcd04e | 5918 | * H8/500-Dependent:: Renesas H8/500 Dependent Features |
252b5132 RH |
5919 | @end ifset |
5920 | @ifset HPPA | |
5921 | * HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features | |
5922 | @end ifset | |
5b93d8bb AM |
5923 | @ifset I370 |
5924 | * ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features | |
5925 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 | 5926 | @ifset I80386 |
55b62671 | 5927 | * i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features |
252b5132 | 5928 | @end ifset |
e3308d0d JE |
5929 | @ifset I860 |
5930 | * i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features | |
5931 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
5932 | @ifset I960 |
5933 | * i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features | |
5934 | @end ifset | |
a40cbfa3 NC |
5935 | @ifset IP2K |
5936 | * IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features | |
5937 | @end ifset | |
ec694b89 NC |
5938 | @ifset M32R |
5939 | * M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features | |
5940 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
5941 | @ifset M680X0 |
5942 | * M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features | |
5943 | @end ifset | |
60bcf0fa NC |
5944 | @ifset M68HC11 |
5945 | * M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features | |
5946 | @end ifset | |
81b0b3f1 BE |
5947 | @ifset M880X0 |
5948 | * M88K-Dependent:: M880x0 Dependent Features | |
5949 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
5950 | @ifset MIPS |
5951 | * MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features | |
5952 | @end ifset | |
3c3bdf30 NC |
5953 | @ifset MMIX |
5954 | * MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features | |
5955 | @end ifset | |
2469cfa2 NC |
5956 | @ifset MSP430 |
5957 | * MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features | |
5958 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 | 5959 | @ifset SH |
ef230218 JR |
5960 | * SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features |
5961 | * SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features | |
252b5132 | 5962 | @end ifset |
e135f41b NC |
5963 | @ifset PDP11 |
5964 | * PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features | |
5965 | @end ifset | |
041dd5a9 ILT |
5966 | @ifset PJ |
5967 | * PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features | |
5968 | @end ifset | |
418c1742 MG |
5969 | @ifset PPC |
5970 | * PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features | |
5971 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
5972 | @ifset SPARC |
5973 | * Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features | |
5974 | @end ifset | |
39bec121 TW |
5975 | @ifset TIC54X |
5976 | * TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features | |
5977 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
5978 | @ifset V850 |
5979 | * V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features | |
5980 | @end ifset | |
e0001a05 NC |
5981 | @ifset XTENSA |
5982 | * Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features | |
5983 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
5984 | @ifset Z8000 |
5985 | * Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features | |
5986 | @end ifset | |
5987 | @ifset VAX | |
5988 | * Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features | |
5989 | @end ifset | |
5990 | @end menu | |
5991 | ||
5992 | @lowersections | |
5993 | @end ifset | |
5994 | ||
5995 | @c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters* | |
5996 | @c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a | |
5997 | @c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called | |
5998 | @c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each | |
5999 | @c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of | |
6000 | @c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH | |
6001 | @c in both conditional blocks. | |
6002 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6003 | @ifset A29K |
6004 | @include c-a29k.texi | |
6005 | @end ifset | |
6006 | ||
625e1353 RH |
6007 | @ifset ALPHA |
6008 | @include c-alpha.texi | |
6009 | @end ifset | |
6010 | ||
6011 | @ifset ARC | |
6012 | @include c-arc.texi | |
6013 | @end ifset | |
6014 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6015 | @ifset ARM |
6016 | @include c-arm.texi | |
6017 | @end ifset | |
6018 | ||
328eb32e HPN |
6019 | @ifset CRIS |
6020 | @include c-cris.texi | |
6021 | @end ifset | |
6022 | ||
c2dcd04e | 6023 | @ifset Renesas-all |
252b5132 RH |
6024 | @ifclear GENERIC |
6025 | @node Machine Dependencies | |
6026 | @chapter Machine Dependent Features | |
6027 | ||
c2dcd04e | 6028 | The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family, |
252b5132 | 6029 | and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This |
a4fb0134 | 6030 | chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each |
252b5132 RH |
6031 | family. |
6032 | ||
6033 | @menu | |
c2dcd04e NC |
6034 | * H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features |
6035 | * H8/500-Dependent:: Renesas H8/500 Dependent Features | |
6036 | * SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features | |
252b5132 RH |
6037 | @end menu |
6038 | @lowersections | |
6039 | @end ifclear | |
6040 | @end ifset | |
6041 | ||
6042 | @ifset D10V | |
6043 | @include c-d10v.texi | |
6044 | @end ifset | |
6045 | ||
6046 | @ifset D30V | |
6047 | @include c-d30v.texi | |
6048 | @end ifset | |
6049 | ||
6050 | @ifset H8/300 | |
6051 | @include c-h8300.texi | |
6052 | @end ifset | |
6053 | ||
6054 | @ifset H8/500 | |
6055 | @include c-h8500.texi | |
6056 | @end ifset | |
6057 | ||
6058 | @ifset HPPA | |
6059 | @include c-hppa.texi | |
6060 | @end ifset | |
6061 | ||
5b93d8bb AM |
6062 | @ifset I370 |
6063 | @include c-i370.texi | |
6064 | @end ifset | |
6065 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6066 | @ifset I80386 |
6067 | @include c-i386.texi | |
6068 | @end ifset | |
6069 | ||
e3308d0d JE |
6070 | @ifset I860 |
6071 | @include c-i860.texi | |
6072 | @end ifset | |
6073 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6074 | @ifset I960 |
6075 | @include c-i960.texi | |
6076 | @end ifset | |
6077 | ||
9e32ca89 NC |
6078 | @ifset IA64 |
6079 | @include c-ia64.texi | |
6080 | @end ifset | |
6081 | ||
a40cbfa3 NC |
6082 | @ifset IP2K |
6083 | @include c-ip2k.texi | |
6084 | @end ifset | |
6085 | ||
ec694b89 NC |
6086 | @ifset M32R |
6087 | @include c-m32r.texi | |
6088 | @end ifset | |
252b5132 RH |
6089 | |
6090 | @ifset M680X0 | |
6091 | @include c-m68k.texi | |
6092 | @end ifset | |
6093 | ||
60bcf0fa NC |
6094 | @ifset M68HC11 |
6095 | @include c-m68hc11.texi | |
6096 | @end ifset | |
6097 | ||
81b0b3f1 BE |
6098 | @ifset M880X0 |
6099 | @include c-m88k.texi | |
6100 | @end ifset | |
6101 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6102 | @ifset MIPS |
6103 | @include c-mips.texi | |
6104 | @end ifset | |
6105 | ||
3c3bdf30 NC |
6106 | @ifset MMIX |
6107 | @include c-mmix.texi | |
6108 | @end ifset | |
6109 | ||
2469cfa2 NC |
6110 | @ifset MSP430 |
6111 | @include c-msp430.texi | |
6112 | @end ifset | |
6113 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6114 | @ifset NS32K |
6115 | @include c-ns32k.texi | |
6116 | @end ifset | |
6117 | ||
e135f41b NC |
6118 | @ifset PDP11 |
6119 | @include c-pdp11.texi | |
6120 | @end ifset | |
6121 | ||
041dd5a9 ILT |
6122 | @ifset PJ |
6123 | @include c-pj.texi | |
6124 | @end ifset | |
6125 | ||
418c1742 MG |
6126 | @ifset PPC |
6127 | @include c-ppc.texi | |
6128 | @end ifset | |
6129 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6130 | @ifset SH |
6131 | @include c-sh.texi | |
324bfcf3 | 6132 | @include c-sh64.texi |
252b5132 RH |
6133 | @end ifset |
6134 | ||
6135 | @ifset SPARC | |
6136 | @include c-sparc.texi | |
6137 | @end ifset | |
6138 | ||
39bec121 TW |
6139 | @ifset TIC54X |
6140 | @include c-tic54x.texi | |
6141 | @end ifset | |
6142 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6143 | @ifset Z8000 |
6144 | @include c-z8k.texi | |
6145 | @end ifset | |
6146 | ||
6147 | @ifset VAX | |
6148 | @include c-vax.texi | |
6149 | @end ifset | |
6150 | ||
6151 | @ifset V850 | |
6152 | @include c-v850.texi | |
6153 | @end ifset | |
6154 | ||
e0001a05 NC |
6155 | @ifset XTENSA |
6156 | @include c-xtensa.texi | |
6157 | @end ifset | |
6158 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6159 | @ifset GENERIC |
6160 | @c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter | |
6161 | @raisesections | |
6162 | @end ifset | |
6163 | ||
6164 | @node Reporting Bugs | |
6165 | @chapter Reporting Bugs | |
6166 | @cindex bugs in assembler | |
6167 | @cindex reporting bugs in assembler | |
6168 | ||
a4fb0134 | 6169 | Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable. |
252b5132 RH |
6170 | |
6171 | Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may | |
6172 | not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the | |
a4fb0134 SC |
6173 | entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better. |
6174 | Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}. | |
252b5132 RH |
6175 | |
6176 | In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the | |
6177 | information that enables us to fix the bug. | |
6178 | ||
6179 | @menu | |
6180 | * Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug? | |
6181 | * Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs | |
6182 | @end menu | |
6183 | ||
6184 | @node Bug Criteria | |
c1253627 | 6185 | @section Have You Found a Bug? |
252b5132 RH |
6186 | @cindex bug criteria |
6187 | ||
6188 | If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines: | |
6189 | ||
6190 | @itemize @bullet | |
6191 | @cindex fatal signal | |
6192 | @cindex assembler crash | |
6193 | @cindex crash of assembler | |
6194 | @item | |
6195 | If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a | |
a4fb0134 | 6196 | @command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash. |
252b5132 RH |
6197 | |
6198 | @cindex error on valid input | |
6199 | @item | |
a4fb0134 | 6200 | If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug. |
252b5132 RH |
6201 | |
6202 | @cindex invalid input | |
6203 | @item | |
a4fb0134 | 6204 | If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that |
252b5132 RH |
6205 | is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might |
6206 | be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''. | |
6207 | ||
6208 | @item | |
6209 | If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement | |
a4fb0134 | 6210 | of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case. |
252b5132 RH |
6211 | @end itemize |
6212 | ||
6213 | @node Bug Reporting | |
c1253627 | 6214 | @section How to Report Bugs |
252b5132 RH |
6215 | @cindex bug reports |
6216 | @cindex assembler bugs, reporting | |
6217 | ||
6218 | A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If | |
a4fb0134 | 6219 | you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you |
252b5132 RH |
6220 | contact that organization first. |
6221 | ||
6222 | You can find contact information for many support companies and | |
6223 | individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs | |
6224 | distribution. | |
6225 | ||
a4fb0134 | 6226 | In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}} |
46a04e3a | 6227 | to @samp{bug-binutils@@gnu.org}. |
252b5132 RH |
6228 | |
6229 | The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this: | |
6230 | @strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a | |
6231 | fact or leave it out, state it! | |
6232 | ||
6233 | Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem | |
6234 | and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the | |
6235 | name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does | |
6236 | not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which | |
6237 | happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory; | |
6238 | perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool | |
6239 | the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and | |
6240 | give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do, | |
6241 | and the most helpful. | |
6242 | ||
6243 | Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if | |
6244 | it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption | |
6245 | that the bug has not been reported previously. | |
6246 | ||
6247 | Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a | |
c1253627 NC |
6248 | bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We |
6249 | respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate. | |
6250 | You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with. | |
252b5132 RH |
6251 | |
6252 | To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things: | |
6253 | ||
6254 | @itemize @bullet | |
6255 | @item | |
a4fb0134 | 6256 | The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start |
252b5132 RH |
6257 | it with the @samp{--version} argument. |
6258 | ||
6259 | Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for | |
a4fb0134 | 6260 | the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}. |
252b5132 RH |
6261 | |
6262 | @item | |
a4fb0134 | 6263 | Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source. |
252b5132 RH |
6264 | |
6265 | @item | |
6266 | The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and | |
6267 | version number. | |
6268 | ||
6269 | @item | |
a4fb0134 | 6270 | What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g. |
252b5132 RH |
6271 | ``@code{gcc-2.7}''. |
6272 | ||
6273 | @item | |
6274 | The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and | |
6275 | observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them | |
6276 | all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient. | |
6277 | ||
6278 | If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong | |
6279 | and then we might not encounter the bug. | |
6280 | ||
6281 | @item | |
6282 | A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when | |
6283 | the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the | |
6284 | high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source | |
6285 | when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use | |
6286 | the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a | |
6287 | file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how | |
a4fb0134 | 6288 | @command{@value{AS}} is being run. |
252b5132 RH |
6289 | |
6290 | @item | |
6291 | A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is | |
6292 | incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.'' | |
6293 | ||
a4fb0134 | 6294 | Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we |
252b5132 RH |
6295 | will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not |
6296 | notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to | |
6297 | make a mistake. | |
6298 | ||
6299 | Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so | |
6300 | explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of | |
a4fb0134 | 6301 | @command{@value{AS}} is out of synch, or you have encountered a bug in the C |
252b5132 RH |
6302 | library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours |
6303 | would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we | |
6304 | would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to | |
6305 | expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our | |
6306 | observations. | |
6307 | ||
6308 | @item | |
a4fb0134 | 6309 | If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context |
252b5132 RH |
6310 | diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p} |
6311 | option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even | |
a4fb0134 | 6312 | discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not |
252b5132 RH |
6313 | by line number. |
6314 | ||
6315 | The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your | |
6316 | sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us. | |
6317 | @end itemize | |
6318 | ||
6319 | Here are some things that are not necessary: | |
6320 | ||
6321 | @itemize @bullet | |
6322 | @item | |
6323 | A description of the envelope of the bug. | |
6324 | ||
6325 | Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating | |
6326 | which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which | |
6327 | changes will not affect it. | |
6328 | ||
6329 | This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we | |
6330 | will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger | |
6331 | with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples. | |
6332 | We recommend that you save your time for something else. | |
6333 | ||
6334 | Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead} | |
6335 | of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the | |
6336 | output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take | |
6337 | less time, and so on. | |
6338 | ||
6339 | However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this, | |
6340 | report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used. | |
6341 | ||
6342 | @item | |
6343 | A patch for the bug. | |
6344 | ||
6345 | A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit | |
6346 | the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that | |
6347 | a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide | |
6348 | to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all. | |
6349 | ||
a4fb0134 | 6350 | Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to |
252b5132 RH |
6351 | construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through |
6352 | the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct | |
6353 | one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed. | |
6354 | ||
6355 | And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your | |
6356 | patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will | |
6357 | help us to understand. | |
6358 | ||
6359 | @item | |
6360 | A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on. | |
6361 | ||
6362 | Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such | |
6363 | things without first using the debugger to find the facts. | |
6364 | @end itemize | |
6365 | ||
6366 | @node Acknowledgements | |
6367 | @chapter Acknowledgements | |
6368 | ||
a4fb0134 | 6369 | If you have contributed to @command{@value{AS}} and your name isn't listed here, |
252b5132 RH |
6370 | it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the |
6371 | maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently | |
6372 | @c (January 1994), | |
6373 | the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}). | |
6374 | ||
6375 | Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any | |
6376 | more details?} | |
6377 | ||
6378 | Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug | |
6379 | information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and | |
6380 | extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}. | |
6381 | ||
6382 | K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and | |
6383 | many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS | |
6384 | up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite, | |
6385 | testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration | |
6386 | including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits | |
6387 | and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added | |
6388 | support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF | |
6389 | port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode | |
6390 | file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know'' | |
6391 | assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint. | |
6392 | ||
6393 | Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code | |
6394 | in format-specific I/O modules. | |
6395 | ||
6396 | The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale | |
6397 | has done much work with it since. | |
6398 | ||
6399 | The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus. | |
6400 | ||
6401 | Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support. | |
6402 | ||
6403 | The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo | |
6404 | University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science. | |
6405 | ||
6406 | Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end | |
6407 | (@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support | |
6408 | (which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to | |
6409 | support a.out format. | |
6410 | ||
c2dcd04e | 6411 | Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 and H8/500 processors (tc-z8k, |
252b5132 RH |
6412 | tc-h8300, tc-h8500), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by |
6413 | Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to | |
6414 | use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k | |
6415 | targets. | |
6416 | ||
6417 | John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and | |
6418 | simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He | |
6419 | updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced | |
c1253627 | 6420 | fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions |
252b5132 RH |
6421 | remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested |
6422 | cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and | |
6423 | required the proverbial one-bit fix. | |
6424 | ||
6425 | Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the | |
6426 | 68k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix), | |
6427 | added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and | |
6428 | PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches. | |
6429 | ||
a4fb0134 | 6430 | Steve Chamberlain made @command{@value{AS}} able to generate listings. |
252b5132 RH |
6431 | |
6432 | Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300. | |
6433 | ||
6434 | Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM) | |
6435 | along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object | |
6436 | formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at | |
6437 | the University of Utah and Cygnus Support. | |
6438 | ||
6439 | Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus | |
6440 | Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and | |
6441 | Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open | |
6442 | Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc, | |
6443 | and some initial 64-bit support). | |
6444 | ||
c1253627 | 6445 | Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture. |
5b93d8bb | 6446 | |
252b5132 RH |
6447 | Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD |
6448 | support for openVMS/Alpha. | |
6449 | ||
39bec121 TW |
6450 | Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic* |
6451 | flavors. | |
6452 | ||
e0001a05 NC |
6453 | David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica, |
6454 | Inc. added support for Xtensa processors. | |
6455 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6456 | Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and |
6457 | configuration enhancements. | |
6458 | ||
6459 | Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If | |
6460 | you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and | |
6461 | want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not | |
6462 | intentionally leaving anyone out. | |
6463 | ||
c1253627 | 6464 | @include fdl.texi |
cf055d54 | 6465 | |
252b5132 RH |
6466 | @node Index |
6467 | @unnumbered Index | |
6468 | ||
6469 | @printindex cp | |
6470 | ||
6471 | @contents | |
6472 | @bye | |
6473 | @c Local Variables: | |
6474 | @c fill-column: 79 | |
6475 | @c End: |